You are on page 1of 140

OPERATION MANUAL

Operation manual can be downloaded from the ZOOM official website.


(www.zoom.jp/docs/r24)

© ZOOM Corporation
Reproduction of this manual, in whole or in part, by any means, is prohibited.
Usage and safety precautions
Handling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Never put vases or other items filled with liquids on the
Usage and safety precautions

,Ó{Ê>ÃÊ̅iÞÊVœÕ`ÊV>ÕÃiÊiiVÌÀˆVÊŜVŽ°
In this manual, symbols are used to highlight warnings and /…iÊ,Ó{ʈÃÊ>Ê«ÀiVˆÃˆœ˜Êˆ˜ÃÌÀՓi˜Ì°Ê œÊ˜œÌÊ«ÕÌÊ՘˜iViÃ-
cautions that you must read to prevent accidents. The mean- Ã>ÀÞÊ«ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊ œ˜Ê ̅iʎiÞÃÊ >˜`Ê œÌ…iÀÊ Vœ˜ÌÀœÃ°Ê1ÃiÊ œvÊ
ings of these symbols are as follows: excessive force and dropping or bumping the unit, for
This symbol indicates explanations about extremely
example, could cause the unit to break.
dangerous matters. If users ignore this warning and Connecting cables with input and output jacks
handle the device incorrectly, serious injury or death Always turn the power OFF for all equipment before
could result.
connecting any cables. In addition, make sure to
This symbol indicates explanations about dangerous disconnect all connection cables and the AC adapter
matters. If users ignore this caution and handle the before moving the unit.
device incorrectly, bodily injury and damage to the
equipment could result. Alterations
Never open the case or attempt to modify the product
Please observe the following precautions to ensure safe use in any way since this could result in damage to the unit.
of this unit. Zoom Corporation will not take any responsibility for
Power requirements damage resulting from alterations to the unit.
Since the power consumption of this unit is high, we Volume
recommend using the AC adapter. When using batter- œÊ˜œÌÊÕÃiÊ Ì…iÊ,Ó{Ê>ÌÊ>ʏœÕ`Ê ÛœÕ“iÊ vœÀÊ>ʏœ˜}Ê Ìˆ“i°Ê
ies, use either alkaline or nickel-metal hydride batteries. œˆ˜}ÊÜÊVœÕ`Ê`>“>}iʅi>Àˆ˜}°
Operation using an AC adapter
UÊ iÊÃÕÀiÊ̜ÊÕÃiʜ˜ÞÊ>Ê
x6É£ÉVi˜ÌiÀÊ«ÕÃÊ
Ê>`>«Ì-
iÀÊ­<""Ê ‡£{®°Ê1ÃiʜvÊ>˜Ê
Ê>`>«ÌiÀʜ̅iÀÊ̅>˜Ê
Usage Precautions
that specified could damage the unit, cause malfunc-
Interference with other electrical equipment
tion or result in a fire or other trouble.
˜Ê Vœ˜Ãˆ`iÀ>̈œ˜Ê œvÊ Ã>viÌÞ]Ê Ì…iÊ ,Ó{Ê …>ÃÊ Lii˜Ê `iÈ}˜i`Ê ÌœÊ

œ˜˜iVÌÊ Ì…iÊ 
Ê>`>«ÌiÀʜ˜ÞÊ ÌœÊ>˜ÊœÕ̏iÌÊ Ì…>ÌÊÃÕ«-
provide maximum protection against the emission of electro-
plies the rated AC voltage required by the adapter.
magnetic radiation from the device and to be protected from
ivœÀiÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊ,Ó{ʈ˜ÊœÌ…iÀÊVœÕ˜ÌÀˆiÃÊ­œÀÊÀi}ˆœ˜Ã®Ê
external interference. However, equipment that is very sus-
܅iÀiÊ Ì…iÊ «œÜiÀÊ ÛœÌ>}iÊ `ˆvviÀÃÊ vÀœ“Ê 
Ê £ääÊ 6]Ê
ceptible to interference or that emits powerful electromagnetic
always consult with a store that handles ZOOM prod-
Ü>ÛiÃÊVœÕ`ÊÀiÃՏÌʈ˜Êˆ˜ÌiÀviÀi˜ViʈvÊ«>Vi`ʘi>ÀÊ Ì…iÊ,Ó{°ÊvÊ
ucts and use a suitable AC adapter.
̅ˆÃʜVVÕÀÃ]Ê«>ViÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê>˜`Ê̅iʜ̅iÀÊ`iۈViÊv>À̅iÀÊ>«>ÀÌ°
UÊ 7…i˜Ê`ˆÃVœ˜˜iV̈˜}Ê̅iÊ
Ê>`>«ÌiÀÊvÀœ“Ê>˜ÊœÕ̏iÌ]Ê
With any type of electronic device that uses digital control,
always pull the body of the adapter itself.
ˆ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊiiVÌÀœ“>}˜ïVʈ˜ÌiÀviÀi˜ViÊVœÕ`ÊV>ÕÃiÊ
UÊ ÕÀˆ˜}Ê ˆ}…̘ˆ˜}Ê Ã̜À“ÃÊ œÀÊ Ü…i˜Ê ˜œÌÊ ÕȘ}Ê Ì…iÊ Õ˜ˆÌÊ
malfunction, corrupt or destroy data and result in other unex-
for an extended period of time, disconnect the AC
pected trouble. Always use caution around other devices.
adapter from the AC outlet.
Operation using batteries Cleaning
UÊ 1ÃiÊÈÝÊVœ˜Ûi˜Ìˆœ˜>Ê£°x‡ÛœÌÊÊL>ÌÌiÀˆià 1ÃiÊ>ÊÜvÌÊVœÌ…Ê̜ÊVi>˜Ê̅iÊ«>˜iÃʜvÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌʈvÊ̅iÞÊLiVœ“iÊ
UÊ /…iÊ,Ó{ÊV>˜˜œÌÊÀiV…>À}iÊL>ÌÌiÀˆiÃ°Ê dirty. If necessary, use a damp cloth that has been wrung out
UÊ ,i>`ÊL>ÌÌiÀÞʏ>LiÃÊV>ÀivՏÞ°Ê well. Never use an abrasive cleanser, wax or solvent including
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ˜œÌÊ ÕȘ}Ê Ì…iÊ Õ˜ˆÌÊ vœÀÊ >˜Ê iÝÌi˜`i`Ê «iÀˆœ`Ê œvÊ alcohol, benzene and paint thinner.
time, remove the batteries from the unit. Malfunction
UÊ vÊ >Ê L>ÌÌiÀÞÊ i>ŽÊ ŜՏ`Ê œVVÕÀ]Ê Üˆ«iÊ Ì…iÊ L>ÌÌiÀÞÊ If the unit becomes broken or malfunctions, immediately dis-
compartment and the battery terminals carefully to connect the AC adapter, turn the power OFF and disconnect
remove all battery residue. other cables. Contact the store where you bought the unit or
UÊ Ü>ÞÃÊ VœÃiÊ Ì…iÊL>ÌÌiÀÞÊ Vœ“«>À̓i˜ÌÊ VœÛiÀÊ Ü…i˜Ê Zoom service with the following information: product model,
using the unit. serial number and specific symptoms of failure or malfunction,
About grounding along with your name, address and telephone number.
i«i˜`ˆ˜}ʜ˜Ê̅iÊ«>Vi“i˜ÌÊVœ˜`ˆÌˆœ˜ÃʜvÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌ]Ê>Ê Copyrights
slight electrical charge might be felt when touching a ÝVi«ÌÊvœÀÊ«iÀܘ>ÊÕÃi]Ê՘>Õ̅œÀˆâi`ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʜvÊVœ«ÞÀˆ}…Ì-
“iÌ>Ê«>ÀÌʜvÊ̅iÊ,Ó{°ÊvÊޜÕÊ܈ÅÊ̜Ê>ۜˆ`Ê̅ˆÃ]Ê}ÀœÕ˜`Ê i`Ê ÃœÕÀViÃ]ʈ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê
Ã]ÊÀiVœÀ`Ã]Ê Ì>«iÃ]Ê Ûˆ`iœÊ«Àœ`ÕVÌÃ]Ê
the unit by connecting an external ground to a screw on broadcasts, is prohibited. Zoom Corporation does not bear
the rear panel. To avoid danger from electricity, never any responsibility for any consequences related to copyright
connect it to any of the following for grounding. law infringement.
UÊ 7>ÌiÀÊ«ˆ«iÃÊ­ÀˆÃŽÊœvÊiiVÌÀˆVÊŜVŽ®
Ê/…iÊ- ÊÃޓLœÊ>˜`Ê Ê- 
ÊÃޓLœÊ>ÀiÊ ÌÀ>`i-
UÊ >ÃÊ«ˆ«iÃÊ­ÀˆÃŽÊœvÊiÝ«œÃˆœ˜®Ê marks. Ê 7ˆ˜`œÜÃÁÉ7ˆ˜`œÜÃÊ 6ˆÃÌ>ÁÊ >ÀiÊ ÌÀ>`i“>ÀŽÃÊ œÀÊ
UÊ /ii«…œ˜iÊ܈Àˆ˜}Ê}ÀœÕ˜`ÃʜÀʏˆ}…̘ˆ˜}Ê>ÀÀiÃ̜ÀÃÊ registered trademarks of Microsoft®. Macintosh® and Mac
Ê ­`>˜}iÀÊ`ÕÀˆ˜}ʏˆ}…̘ˆ˜}ÊÃÌÀˆŽiî OS® are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Operating environment Steinberg and Cubase are trademarks or registered trade-
ۜˆ`ÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Ê܅iÀiʈÌʓˆ}…ÌÊLiÊiÝ«œÃi`Ê̜Ê̅iÊ “>ÀŽÃʜvÊ-Ìiˆ˜LiÀ}Êi`ˆ>Ê/iV…˜œœ}ˆiÃÊ“LʘV°Ê Intel®
following conditions that could cause it to malfunction. and Pentium® are trademarks or registered trademarks of
UÊ ÝÌÀi“iÞʅˆ}…ÊœÀʏœÜÊÌi“«iÀ>ÌÕÀià Intel® Corporation. Ê Ê̅œ˜ÒʈÃÊ>ÊÌÀ>`i“>ÀŽÊœÀÊÀi}ˆÃ-
UÊ6iÀÞʅˆ}…Ê…Õ“ˆ`ˆÌÞʜÀÊë>ň˜}ÊÜ>ÌiÀ ÌiÀi`ÊÌÀ>`i“>ÀŽÊœvÊ`Û>˜Vi`ʈVÀœÊ iۈViÃ]ʘV°Ê
UÊ ÝViÃÈÛiÊ`ÕÃÌʜÀÊÃ>˜` All other trademarks, product names, and company names
UÊ ÝViÃÈÛiÊۈLÀ>̈œ˜Ã mentioned in this documentation are the property of their
respective owners.
All trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned in this
manual are for identification purposes only and are not intend-
ed to infringe on the copyrights of their respective owners.

1
Introduction *i>ÃiÊÀi>`Ê̅ÀœÕ}…Ê̅ˆÃʓ>˜Õ>ÊV>ÀivՏÞʈ˜ÊœÀ`iÀÊ̜Ê՘`iÀÃÌ>˜`Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Êv՘V̈œ˜ÃÊÜi°Ê
After reading it, please keep the manual along with the warranty in a safe place.

/…>˜ŽÊޜÕÊÛiÀÞʓÕV…ÊvœÀÊ«ÕÀV…>Ș}Ê̅iÊ<""Ê,Ó{Ê,iVœÀ`iÀ\˜ÌiÀv>Vi\
œ˜ÌÀœiÀ\->“«iÀ°Ê
7iÊ܈ÊV>ÊˆÌÊȓ«ÞÊ̅iʺ,Ó{»Êˆ˜Ê̅ˆÃʓ>˜Õ>°Ê/…iÊ,Ó{ʅ>ÃÊ̅iÊvœœÜˆ˜}Êvi>ÌÕÀið

Introduction
■ Multitrack recorder that can use up to 32 GB ■ Handles a variety of input sources including
SDHC cards guitars, microphones and line-level equipment
/…iÊ ,Ó{Ê V>˜Ê ÀiVœÀ`Ê Õ«Ê ÌœÊ nÊ ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ Ãˆ“ՏÌ>- /…iÊ ,Ó{Ê ˆÃÊ iµÕˆ««i`Ê ÜˆÌ…Ê nÊ ˆ˜«ÕÌÊ >VŽÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ
neously, allowing serious live recording. For >VVi«ÌÊLœÌ…Ê8,Ê>˜`ÊÃÌ>˜`>À`Ê«…œ˜iÊVœ˜˜iV-
example, you can record a complete band ̜ÀÃ]Ê ˆ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê £Ê ̅>ÌÊ V>˜Ê …>˜`iÊ …ˆ}…Ê ˆ“«i`-
on individual tracks or a drum kit with multiple >˜ViÊ >˜`Ê ÈÊ Ì…>ÌÊ V>˜Ê ÃÕ««ÞÊ «…>˜Ìœ“Ê «œÜiÀÊ
microphones. After making linear PCM record- ­Ó{Ê6ʜÀÊ{nÊ6®°Ê/…iÊ,Ó{ÊV>˜Ê…>˜`iÊ>ÊÌÞ«iÃʜvÊ
ˆ˜}ÃÊ­76ÊvœÀ“>Ì®Ê>ÌÊ£ÈÉÓ{‡LˆÌÊ>˜`Ê{{°£É{n‡ŽâÊ sources, including high impedance guitars and
sampling rate, you can transfer recorded files basses, dynamic and condenser microphones,
̜ÊޜÕÀÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ̜ÊÕÃiÊ̅i“ʈ˜Ê 7ÊÜvÌÜ>Ài°Ê and synthesizers and other line level instru-
9œÕÊ V>˜Ê iÛi˜Ê Vœ˜˜iVÌÊ ÌܜÊ,Ó{ÃÊ Ìœ}i̅iÀÊ ÜˆÌ…Ê ments. It also has two built-in high-performance
>Ê 1- Ê V>Li]Ê >œÜˆ˜}Ê ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê œvÊ Õ«Ê ÌœÊ £ÈÊ microphones that are convenient for recording
tracks. acoustic guitars and vocals.

■ Hi-Speed USB (USB 2.0) audio interface ■ Exchange files with computers and USB
9œÕÊ V>˜Ê ÕÃiÊ Ì…iÊ ,Ó{Ê >˜`Ê ˆÌÃÊ “>˜ÞÊ ˆ˜«ÕÌÊ >˜`Ê memory devices
œÕÌ«ÕÌÊ >VŽÃÊ >ÃÊ >Ê ˆ‡Ã«ii`Ê 1- Ê ­1- Ê Ó°ä®Ê /…iÊ ,Ó{Ê …>ÃÊ >Ê 1- Ê Ó°äÊ >VŽÊ ̅>ÌÊ >œÜÃÊ …ˆ}…Ê
>Õ`ˆœÊ ˆ˜ÌiÀv>Vi°Ê ÃÊ >˜Ê ˆ˜ÌiÀv>Vi]Ê Ì…iÊ ,Ó{Ê V>˜Ê ëii`Ê `>Ì>Ê ÌÀ>˜ÃviÀ°Ê 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê ÌÀ>˜ÃviÀÊ 76Ê
…>˜`iÊnʈ˜«ÕÌÃÊ>˜`ÊÓʜÕÌ«ÕÌÃÊ>ÌÊ>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊœvÊ >Õ`ˆœÊvˆiÃÊÀiVœÀ`i`ʜ˜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ
Ó{‡LˆÌÊ>˜`ʙÈʎâ°ÊÌÃÊivviVÌÃÊV>˜ÊiÛi˜ÊLiÊÕÃi`Ê just by dragging and dropping. You can also
­>ÌÊ {{°£Ê ŽâÊ œ˜Þ®°Ê /…iÊ Õ˜ˆÌÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ œ«iÀ>ÌiÊ iÝV…>˜}iÊvˆiÃÊ ÜˆÌ…Ê>ÊVœ˜˜iVÌi`Ê1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ
ÕȘ}Ê1- ÊLÕÃÊ«œÜiÀ°Ê device without using a computer.

■ Usable as a control surface for DAW software ■ 24-voice built-in sampler can be triggered
/…iÊ ,Ó{Ê …>ÃÊ v՘V̈œ˜ÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ i˜>LiÊ Vœ˜ÌÀœÊ œvÊ using 8 pads and 3 bank keys
7ÊÜvÌÜ>Àiʜ˜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊۈ>Ê>Ê1- ÊV>Li°Ê Use the sampler to assign sounds to each track
You can operate its transport, including play, (pad) and create loops. Play the pads in real-
record and stop keys and physically control time, and even create performance data for a
onscreen faders. You can also assign various complete song by combining loops. By simply
7Êv՘V̈œ˜ÃÊ̜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{½ÃÊ£qxÊv՘V̈œ˜ÊŽiÞÃ°Ê lining up drum loops, anyone can easily create
­/…iÊ>ÃÈ}˜>LiÊv՘V̈œ˜ÃÊ`i«i˜`ʜ˜Ê̅iÊ 7Ê professional-quality backing parts and basic
ÜvÌÜ>Ài°® tracks. While listening to loop playback, you can
record audio on other tracks because the R24
■ Diverse effects recorder and sampler work together seamlessly.
/…iÊ,Ó{ʅ>ÃÊÌܜÊÌÞ«iÃʜvÊLՈÌ‡ˆ˜ÊivviVÌðʘÃiÀÌÊ
effects can be applied to specific channel
signals and send-return effects can be used ■ Rhythm and metronome functions can be
through the mixer send-return bus. You can use used as guides and backing tracks
these effects in a wide variety of ways, including /…iÊ Õ˜ˆÌÊ ÃÌ>ÀÌÃÊ ÜˆÌ…Ê œÛiÀÊ {ääÊ À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ
during recording, by applying them to already that use the built-in drum machine, and you
recorded tracks, and in the mastering process can create your own original patterns using
of mixing down and bouncing. both real-time and step input. You can output
the metronome sound only to the headphones,
■ Comprehensive built-in mixer features allowing you to send just a click to the drummer
/…iÊ ,Ó{Ê ˆÃÊ iµÕˆ««i`Ê ÜˆÌ…Ê >Ê `ˆ}ˆÌ>Ê “ˆÝiÀÊ Ì…>ÌÊ in a live situation, while the signals from the out-
allows you to mix the playback of audio tracks. put jacks are sent to a mixer.
9œÕÊV>˜Ê>`ÕÃÌÊ̅iÊۜÕ“i]Ê«>˜]Ê +Ê>˜`ÊivviVÌÃÊ
for each track and mix them into a stereo signal.
Note: For the improvement of this product, its specifications are
subject to change without notice.

2
Contents
Contents

Usage and safety precautions . . . . . . . .1 Re-recording


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Automatic punch-in/punch-out . . . . . . . 29
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Manual punch-in/punch-out . . . . . . . . 30
R24 operation flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Basic recording guide . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Playback
Panel layout and functions . . . . . . . . . .9 Project playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Repeat playback of a specific section
SD card installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 (A-B repeat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Powering the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Using the counter and marks to locate . . . 33
Turning the power on & off . . . . . . . . . 14 Mark functions
Date & time setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Switch and key operation overview . . . . . 15 Tools
Display information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Ê1 "É, "
Metronome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
16-track synchronized recording
with two units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recording preparations
R24 recording flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Mixing
Creating a new project . . . . . . . . . . . 17
R24 mixing process . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Connecting instruments . . . . . . . . . . 18
EQ, pan and send level track settings . . . 40
Making mono settings . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Track parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Hi-Z
Phantom power
Mix down/Bounce
Stereo settings & status keys . . . . . . . . 19
ՈÌ‡ˆ˜Ê“ˆVÃÊ
Combine multiple tracks into 1–2 tracks . . 43
œÕ˜Vˆ˜}
Stereo line inputs
Using a mastering effect . . . . . . . . . . 45
Stereo link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Recording to the master track . . . . . . . 46
Setting the tempo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Preparing a rhythm track . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sampler functions
Using the sampler to make songs . . . . . 47
Track recording
Overview of sampler functions . . . . . . . 48
Recording the first track . . . . . . . . . . 23
Adjusting gain, recording and playback
Assigning tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Loop settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Changing the playback take . . . . . . . . 25
Swapping tracks
Playing the pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Playback methods
œL>ÊµÕ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜Ê
Overdubbing Creating a sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Recording additional tracks . . . . . . . . . 27 ,i>‡Ìˆ“iʈ˜«ÕÌÊ
Playing already recorded tracks
Step input
,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê>˜`Ê«>ÞL>VŽÊ

3
For details about use with a computer, refer to the Audio Interface Manual.
You can download the Audio Interface Manual from ZOOM's website (www.zoom.co.jp).

Contents
Editing a sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Projects
Inserting and deleting beats Project overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Changing the time signature Project protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Playing back a sequence . . . . . . . . . . 59 Creating a new project . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Changing the BPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Selecting projects and files . . . . . . . . . 91
Changing tempo without changing pitch . . 61 Project and file information . . . . . . . . . 92
Trimming unnecessary parts of audio files . 63 Copying projects and files . . . . . . . . . 93
Setting fade-ins and fade-outs . . . . . . . 64 Changing project and file names . . . . . . 94
Deleting projects and files . . . . . . . . . 95
Rhythm function Dividing files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Overview of rhythm functions. . . . . . . . 65 Sequential playback of projects. . . . . . . 97
Playing rhythm patterns . . . . . . . . . . 66 Recording settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Selecting a rhythm pattern
Selecting the drum kit System/SD cards
Playing pad sounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Adjusting the display . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Switching banks >VŽˆ}…ÌÊ>˜`ÊVœ˜ÌÀ>ÃÌÊ
ÀՓÊÀœÃ Changing the SD card while the
Pad sensitivity power is on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Creating a rhythm pattern . . . . . . . . . 68 Formatting SD cards . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Setting bars, time signature, quantization Checking card capacities . . . . . . . . . 102
Checking remaining memory Checking the system version . . . . . . . 103
,i>‡Ìˆ“iÊ>˜`ÊÃÌi«Êˆ˜«ÕÌÊ Setting the battery type . . . . . . . . . 103
Copying rhythm patterns . . . . . . . . . . 71 Phantom power settings . . . . . . . . . 104
Deleting rhythm patterns . . . . . . . . . . 72
Changing rhythm pattern names . . . . . . 73 USB
Import rhythm patterns . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Connecting with a computer . . . . . . . 105
Setting volume and stereo placement . . . 75 Card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Assigning rhythm patterns to tracks . . . . 76 Using USB memory to save and
import data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Effects Audio interface/control surface . . . . . . 110
Effect and patch overview . . . . . . . . . 77
Input and output of insert and
send-return effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Rhythm pattern list . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
vviVÌÊ«>ÌV…ÊÃiiV̈œ˜ Effect types and parameters . . . . . . . 115
Setting the insert effect position . . . . . . 81 Effect patch list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Patch editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Error message list . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Patch saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Patch importing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Using the insert effect only for monitoring . 87 Upgrading the firmware. . . . . . . . . . 135
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

4
R24 operation flow
24 audio tracks 8 simultaneous tracks of stereo Track mixer
Multitrack recorder
R24 operation flow

R24 operation flow


and mono recording 330 types of effects

Recording preparations Recording Editing & output

Make various settings for the built- Apply various effects to process input
in microphones, connected musical Effects P77 signals, recorder playback and sound Mixer P39 Project P89
instruments and other input sources, generator output.
signals and tracks. Use the tuner and
the metronome to prepare for a new Adjust recorded tracks using the Recorded sound files and settings can
project or a live performance. track mixer. be managed and stored on a per song
basis as a project and then edited in
various ways.
Project creation P17 Insert effects P79

Prepare a project to save recordings. 1. After input jacks 2. Desired tracks in mixer

Overdubbing P27 Send-return effect


Instrument connection
settings P18,19 Record the input signals from Record new tracks while playing back There are two internal send/return
This recorder can handle various connected input sources to tracks. previously recorded tracks. effects in the built-in mixer—a chorus/
instruments. Undo the previous recording if the delay effect and a reverb effect. Adjust
results were unsatisfactory. the effect send levels for each mixer
P19 Re-recording track individually.
P18
P18 Re-record just part of a recorded file. SD card P101
P20

Performance tools Adjust parameters for each track.


Play up to 24 tracks of mono and
stereo audio.
-
Mixdown
Track assignment P49 Combine multiple tracks into one
stereo track.
Assign audio files and rhythm patterns Set assigned audio files and rhythm Use looped material to create
USB to tracks. patterns to loop. performance data for an entire song.
Recording a MASTER track
connection
Create rhythm

Create rhythm patterns or use the


unit's preset patterns.

Linking two units

Card reader P106

USB memory P107


Send signals between DAW software and audio equipment.
Audio interface P110~
Operate DAW software with the R24.
Control surface
P110~

5 6
R24 operation flow
24 audio tracks 8 simultaneous tracks of stereo Track mixer
Multitrack recorder
R24 operation flow

R24 operation flow


and mono recording 330 types of effects

Recording preparations Recording Editing & output

Make various settings for the built- Apply various effects to process input
in microphones, connected musical Effects P77 signals, recorder playback and sound Mixer P39 Project P89
instruments and other input sources, generator output.
signals and tracks. Use the tuner and
the metronome to prepare for a new Adjust recorded tracks using the Recorded sound files and settings can
project or a live performance. track mixer. be managed and stored on a per song
basis as a project and then edited in
various ways.
Project creation P17 Insert effects P79

Prepare a project to save recordings. 1. After input jacks 2. Desired tracks in mixer

Overdubbing P27 Send-return effect


Instrument connection
settings P18,19 Record the input signals from Record new tracks while playing back There are two internal send/return
This recorder can handle various connected input sources to tracks. previously recorded tracks. effects in the built-in mixer—a chorus/
instruments. Undo the previous recording if the delay effect and a reverb effect. Adjust
results were unsatisfactory. the effect send levels for each mixer
P19 Re-recording track individually.
P18
P18 Re-record just part of a recorded file. SD card P101
P20

Performance tools Adjust parameters for each track.


Play up to 24 tracks of mono and
stereo audio.
-
Mixdown
Track assignment P49 Combine multiple tracks into one
stereo track.
Assign audio files and rhythm patterns Set assigned audio files and rhythm Use looped material to create
USB to tracks. patterns to loop. performance data for an entire song.
Recording a MASTER track
connection
Create rhythm

Create rhythm patterns or use the


unit's preset patterns.

Linking two units

Card reader P106

USB memory P107


Send signals between DAW software and audio equipment.
Audio interface P110~
Operate DAW software with the R24.
Control surface
P110~

5 6
Basic recording guide Make a quick recording with the R24
Here we explain how to record in stereo with the built-in microphones on the unit's left and
right sides and how to record an electric guitar in mono using the high impedance input.
Basic recording guide

Insert an SD card and turn


STEP 1 the power on. STEP 3 4URNTHEINPUTSOURCE/.

Using built-in mics (stereo recording)


STEP 2 Create a new project.
1
Turn the INPUT 7 & 8 MIC
switch ON.

2
Press the status keys of INPUTS 7 & 8
until their indicators light red.

1
Press repeatedly
Press Change menu
When red, recording is possible

2
Select NEW.
or
Use the up/
down keys
Recording an electric guitar
(high-impedance mono input)
Press
1 Connect the guitar to INPUT 1.

3
Confirm the project name, etc.
Turn the INPUT 1 Hi-Z
2 switch ON.

3
Press the status key of INPUT 1 until the
Change menu
indicator lights red.

4
Select EXECUTE.
Press repeatedly
When red, recording is possible
Use the up/
down keys

Press NOTE
UÊ ˆ‡<Ê ˆÃÊ œ˜ÞÊ œ˜Ê INPUT 1, and the built-in stereo
Return to the main screen. “ˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÃÊv՘V̈œ˜Êœ˜Þʜ˜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊÇÊEÊn°
UÊ/À>VŽÃÊÇÊEÊnÊVœÀÀi뜘`Ê̜ÊINPUT 7 & 8 and are
set up as two mono tracks by default. To use the
built-in mics for a stereo recording, set stereo link
to create one stereo track.

,iv\Ê-ÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊ P20
,iv\Ê*ÀœiVÌà P89 Connecting instruments P18, 19

7
Basic recording guide
Adjust the input sensitivity,
STEP 4 monitoring level and output STEP 5 Record—Complete—Play

1 Adjust the input sensitivity (GAIN) Recording


Adjust the GAIN of each
INPUT so that their 1 While pressing press
move to the beginning.
to

PEAK indicators blink


occasionally.

2
Adjust the recording level
/…iÊÀi`Ê­äÊ` ®Êˆ˜`ˆV>̜ÀʜvÊ
the level meter should not
light when you apply an insert
effect to an INPUT. Adjust the
2 Press
recording.
and then to start

3
patch level, for example, if Start performing.
necessary.

Counter starts

3
Adjust the monitoring level
Adjust the monitoring
level of an instrument
with the fader of the
track it is being recorded
4 Press to stop recording.

on. (INPUT 1 would be Playback


ÌÀ>VŽÊ£]ʙʜÀÊ£Ç]ÊvœÀÊ

1
iÝ>“«i°® Press the status key to end recording
standby and make the light green.

Press repeatedly

When green, playback is possible

The track changes from recording standby


­Ài`®Ê̜ʫ>ÞL>VŽÊÃÌ>˜`LÞÊ­}Àii˜®°

2
While pressing press to
move to the beginning.

NOTE
UÊ vÊ>˜Êˆ˜«ÕÌÊÈ}˜>Ê`ˆÃ̜ÀÌÃÊ`ÕÀˆ˜}ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}]ÊÀiviÀÊ
ÌœÊ -/ *Ê {Ê >˜`Ê >`ÕÃÌÊ Ì…iÊ ˆ˜«ÕÌÊ Ãi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞÊ >˜`Ê
recording level.
UÊ vÌiÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʅ>ÃÊVœ“«iÌi`]Ê̅iʺ*i>ÃiÊÜ>ˆÌ»Ê 3 Press to start playback.
«œ«‡Õ«Ê܈ÊLiÊ`ˆÃ«>Þi`°Ê œÊ˜œÌÊÌÕÀ˜Ê̅iÊ«œÜiÀÊ
"Ê œÀÊ Ì>ŽiÊ Ì…iÊ - Ê V>À`Ê œÕÌÊ Ü…ˆiÊ Ì…ˆÃÊ «œ«‡Õ«Ê
ˆÃʜ«i˜°Ê œˆ˜}ÊÜÊVœÕ`Ê`>“>}iÊ`>Ì>ʜÀÊV>ÕÃiÊ
other problems.

,iv\Ê,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʓi̅œ`Ãʈ˜Ê`iÌ>ˆ P17~
Ê Ê 1Ș}ʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌà P81 4 Press to stop playback.

8
Panel layout and functions
Rear panel
Panel layout and functions

Level meters Input section


(1/9/17~8/16/24, MASTER)
Control section

ՈÌ‡ˆ˜Ê“ˆV
&ADERSECTION Transport section

Display section
ˆÃ«>ÞÊ

TEMPO indicator

Right side panel

TEMPO key Soft keys

Bottom panel (not shown)


>ÌÌiÀÞÊVœ“«>À̓i˜Ì

- ÊV>À`ÊϜÌÊ USB HOST port USB DEVICE port

9
Input section

Panel layout and functions


PHANTOM MIC METRONOME
switch switch switch

Hi-Z switch

PEAK indicator GAIN Vœ˜ÌÀœÃÊ­£Hn® BALANCE control

&ADERSECTION Control section


PROJECT key
EFFECT key TOOL key
Status keys USB key
(1/9/17~8/16/24, MASTER)
Track indicator RHYTHM key
Master indicator

1-8Tr key

9-16Tr key TRACK key


17-24Tr key PAN/EQ key
Transport section
AUTO PUNCH IN/OUT key marker key marker key
‡ Ê, * /ʎiÞÊ ,É
 ,ʎiÞÊ

Faders
(1/9/17~8/16/24,
MASTER)

REW key FF key STOP key PLAY key REC key


Pad
ENTER key
REPEAT/STOP key

Cursor keys

EXIT key
Rear panel


POWER switch OUTPUT jacks PHONES jack

DC5V1A jack OUTPUT control PHONES control INPUT jacks

10
Connections
,iviÀÊ̜Ê̅iÊvœœÜˆ˜}Ê̜ÊVœ˜˜iVÌʜ̅iÀÊ`iۈViÃ]ʈ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}ʈ˜ÃÌÀՓi˜ÌÃ]ʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÃ]Ê>Õ`ˆœÊ
equipment and computers.
Connections

Outputs Inputs
Set the METRONOME switch to output it
œ˜˜iVÌÊV>LiÃÊ܈̅Ê8,ʜÀʓœ˜œÊ«…œ˜iÊ«Õ}ÃÊ­L>>˜Vi`ʜÀÊ՘L>>˜Vi`®Ê̜Ê̅iÊ
to only the PHONES jack or also to the INPUT jacks.
OUTPUT jacks.
❷ Microphones ❹ÊՈÌ>ÀÉL>ÃÃÊ
❶ Stereo system, speakers with In order to supply phantom power to a When directly connecting a passive
built-in amplifiers, etc. condenser microphone, first connect electric guitar or bass, use INPUT 1,
/ÕÀ˜Ê œvvÊ Ì…iÊ ÃÞÃÌi“½ÃÊ «œÜiÀÊ ­œÀÊ ÌÕÀ˜Ê the microphone to INPUT 5 or 6 and which can handle high impedance,
`œÜ˜Ê ̅iÊ ÛœÕ“i®ÊLivœÀiÊ Vœ˜˜iV̈˜}Ê then turn the PHANTOM switch ON. and turn the Hi-Z switch ON.
speakers to avoid damage. Phantom power can also be provided
to INPUTS 3,4,7 and 8Ê­ÃiiÊ*£ä{®°
❺Ê ÕˆÌ‡ˆ˜Ê“ˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÃÊ
❸Ê iۈViÃÊ܈̅ÊÃÌiÀiœÊœÕÌ«ÕÌà 1ÃiÊ̅iÃiʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÃÊ̜ÊÀiVœÀ`Ê`ÀՓÃÊ
7…i˜Ê ÕȘ}Ê >Ê Ãޘ̅iÈâiÀÊ œÀÊ >Ê
Ê indirectly or record a band. Turn the MIC
player, for example, with stereo outputs switch ON to input the sounds to INPUTS
be sure to connect its left output jack 7 and 8.
to an odd-numbered INPUT jack on
this unit and its right output jack to an
even-numbered INPUT jack.

❶ ❷ ❸ ❹
Rear panel
R L

❽ AC adapter
Ü>ÞÃÊÕÃiÊ>Ê<""Ê ‡£{Ê
adapter, which is designed
for use with this unit.

❽ Right side
panel
USB memory


œ˜˜iV̈˜}Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊLÞÊ1-
When connected to a computer, you
can send audio files and projects
`ˆÀiV̏ÞÊ̜Ê>˜`ÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊ,Ó{°Ê 9œÕÊV>˜Ê
❼ Connecting another >ÃœÊÕÃiÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê>ÃÊ>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊˆ˜ÌiÀv>ViÊ
,Ó{ÊLÞÊ1- ❻ >˜`Ê >Ê Vœ˜ÌÀœÊ ÃÕÀv>ViÊ vœÀÊ 7Ê ÃœvÌ-
ÞÊVœ˜˜iV̈˜}ÊÌܜÊ,Ó{Ê՘ˆÌÃ]Ê ware.
ޜÕÊ V>˜Ê ÀiVœÀ`Ê £ÈÊ ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ
simultaneously.

11
SD card installation
/…iÊ,Ó{ÊÃ>ÛiÃÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê`>Ì>Ê>˜`ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ãʜ˜Ê- ÊV>À`ðÊ
To protect your data, turn the power off before inserting or ejecting a card.

SD card installation
˜Ê- ÊV>À`ʈÃʘiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊvœÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}° NOTE
Turn the power OFF beforehand (ordinary use) UÊvÊޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ- ÊV>À`Ê܅ˆiÊ̅iÊ«œÜiÀÊ
ˆÃÊ" ]ÊvœœÜÊëiVˆ>Ê«ÀœVi`ÕÀiÃÊ­ÃiiÊ*£ä£®°

1 Turn the POWER OFF and detach


the cover of the SD card slot.
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ˆ˜ÃiÀ̈˜}Ê œÀÊÀi“œÛˆ˜}Ê >˜Ê- Ê V>À`]Ê >Ü>ÞÃÊ
turn the power OFF. If you do so when the power
is ON, recording data might be lost.
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ V>˜˜œÌÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ >Ê V>À`Ê ˆ˜ÌœÊ ̅iÊ ÃœÌ]Ê ÞœÕÊ
might be trying to insert it in the wrong direction
or upsidedown. Try again with the correct card
orientation. If you force the card in, you might
break it.
UÊ vÊ >˜Ê - Ê V>À`Ê Ü>ÃÊ «ÀiۈœÕÏÞÊ ÕÃi`Ê ÜˆÌ…Ê >Ê
computer or a digital camera, you must format it
ˆ˜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{ÊLivœÀiÊÕȘ}ʈ̰
UÊ vÊ ˜œÊ - Ê V>À`Ê ˆÃÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌi`]Ê Ì…iÊ ,
Ê ŽiÞÊ ÜˆÊ ˜œÌÊ
v՘V̈œ˜Êˆ˜Ê,iVœÀ`iÀÊœ`i°

2 Insert an SD card that is not


write-protected into the slot
completely.
To eject, push the card in first .
If one of these messages is shown
Uʺ œÊ
>À`»\Ê œÊ- ÊV>À`ʈÃÊ`iÌiVÌi`°Ê>ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ>˜Ê
- ÊV>À`ʈÃʈ˜ÃiÀÌi`Ê«Àœ«iÀÞ°
Uʺ
>À`Ê*ÀœÌiVÌi`»\Ê/…iÊ- ÊV>À`ÊÜÀˆÌi‡«ÀœÌiV̈œ˜ÊœVŽÊ
is closed, preventing rewriting. To release it, slide the
switch away from the lock position.

Unlock the write-protection

HINT
Preventing unwanted removal of an SD card
UÊ/…ˆÃÊ՘ˆÌÊV>˜ÊÕÃiÊ- ÊV>À`ÃÊ܈̅ÊV>«>VˆÌˆiÃʜvÊ£ÈÊ
 HÓÊ ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ{HÎÓÊ Ê- 
ÊV>À`ðÊ
Remove the screw near the slot, UÊ9œÕÊV>˜ÊV…iVŽÊ̅iʓœÃÌÊÀiVi˜Ìʈ˜vœÀ“>̈œ˜Ê>LœÕÌÊ
and screw it into the hole in the Vœ“«>̈LiÊ- ÊV>À`Ãʜ˜Ê̅iÊ<""ÊÜiLÈÌi°
SD card cover. Ê …ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜܰ✜“°Vœ°«

,iv\ÊÊ- Ê
, € 8
  P101
Ê Ê - Ê
, €",/
P102

12
Powering the unit
1ÃiÊ̅iʈ˜VÕ`i`Ê
Ê`>«ÌiÀ]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃÊ`iÈ}˜i`ÊvœÀÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌ]ʜÀÊÈÝÊÊL>ÌÌiÀˆiÃʭ܏`Ê
Ãi«>À>ÌiÞ®Ê̜ʫœÜiÀÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌ°Ê
Powering the unit

Using ordinary power (included AC adapter) Using batteries

1 -AKESURETHATTHEPOWERIS/&&
and then plug the included AC 1 4URNTHEPOWER/&&ANDOPENTHE
battery case cover on the bottom
adapter into the back of the unit. of the unit.

2 Install the batteries and close the


cover.

Ü>ÞÃÊ ÕÃiÊ Ì…iÊ ˆ˜VÕ`i`Ê <""Ê  ‡£{Ê


AC adapter, which is designed for use Battery indicator on screen Battery power
ÜˆÌ…Ê Ì…iÊ Õ˜ˆÌ°Ê 1Ș}Ê >˜ÞÊ œÌ…iÀÊ >`>«ÌiÀÊ status
No indicator Indicator on
could damage the unit.

AC adapter >ÌÌiÀˆiÃÊ
in use in use >ÌÌiÀˆiÃʓÕÃÌÊ
be changed.
Power will
turn off.

HINT NOTE
Power supply from USB UÊ Ü>ÞÃÊÌÕÀ˜Ê̅iÊ«œÜiÀÊ"Ê܅i˜ÊޜÕʜ«i˜ÉVœÃiÊ
If the POWER switch is set to OFF, connecting the ̅iÊL>ÌÌiÀÞÊVœÛiÀʜÀÊ«Õ}É՘«Õ}Ê̅iÊ
Ê>`>«ÌiÀ°Ê
՘ˆÌÊ̜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ܈̅Ê>Ê1- ÊV>Liʓ>ŽiÃÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌÊ œˆ˜}Ê ÃœÊ Ü…i˜Ê ̅iÊ «œÜiÀÊ ˆÃÊ " Ê “ˆ}…ÌÊ V>ÕÃiÊ
ÃÌ>À̇իÊ>Õ̜“>̈V>ÞÊ܈̅ʫœÜiÀÊÃÕ««ˆi`ÊLÞÊ1- °Ê recording data to be lost.
In this state, functions are different from when the UÊ /…iÊ՘ˆÌÊV>˜ÊÕÃiÊ>Ž>ˆ˜iʜvÊ ˆÊL>ÌÌiÀˆiðÊ/…iÊ
POWER switch is ON. The unit can be used only as approximate lifetime for alkaline batteries is about
>˜Ê- ÊV>À`ÊÀi>`iÀʜÀÊ>ÃÊ>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊˆ˜ÌiÀv>Vi° {°xʅœÕÀð
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ÕȘ}Ê Ì…iÊ Õ˜ˆÌÊ >ÃÊ >˜Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ ˆ˜ÌiÀv>Vi]Ê ˆvÊ UÊ ,i«>ViÊ Ì…iÊ L>ÌÌiÀˆiÃÊ Ü…i˜Ê ¸œÜÊ >ÌÌiÀÞt¸Ê ˆÃÊ
supplying phantom power, we recommend that shown. Turn the POWER switch to OFF immediately
you use the AC adapter. and install new batteries or connect the included
AC adapter.
UÊ -iÌÊ̅iÊL>ÌÌiÀÞÊÌÞ«iÊ̜ʈ˜VÀi>ÃiÊ̅iÊ>VVÕÀ>VÞʜvÊ
the battery indicator.

,iv\Ê-iÌ̈˜}Ê̅iÊL>ÌÌiÀÞÊÌÞ«i P103

13
Turning the power on & off/Date & time setting
Follow these precautions for starting-up and shutting down the unit.
œœÜÊ̅iÃiʈ˜ÃÌÀÕV̈œ˜Ê̜ÊÃiÌÊ̅iÊ`>ÌiÊ>˜`Ê̈“iÊvœÀÊwiÃÊ>˜`Ê`>Ì>°

0/7%2/./&&4//,3934%-$!4%4)-%
Turning the power on & off Setting the date and time
TOOL>SYSTEM>DATE/TIME

1
£°Ê>ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ>Ê̅iÊiµÕˆ«“i˜ÌʈÃÊ"°
ӰʘÃiÀÌÊ>˜Ê- ÊV>À`Ê ˆ˜ÌœÊ ̅iÊ ,Ó{°Ê
œ˜wÀ“Ê̅>ÌÊ
the power, the instruments and the monitoring Press
ÃÞÃÌi“Ê ­œÀÊ ÃÌiÀiœÊ …i>`«…œ˜iÃ®Ê >ÀiÊ VœÀÀiV̏ÞÊ
connected.

Turn the power ON to start the unit


2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu

1 Press

Slide to ON

3 Select DATE/TIME.
Change menu

Press

2
Then turn the power ON for connected
instruments and for the monitoring
system in that order.
4 Select the date and time units and set
their values in the following order.
9 , €Ê" / €Ê 9 €Êää\ää\ää
Turn the power OFF to shut down the unit Change
unit

1
Change
Slide to OFF

5
value
Select OK.
Move cursor

Press

NOTE If this message appears


UÊ ivœÀiÊÌÕÀ˜ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊPOWER ON, turn down PHONES
and OUTPUT controls and volume on monitoring
systems and other connected devices.
UÊ vʘœÊ«œÜiÀʈÃÊÃÕ««ˆi`Ê̜Ê̅iÊ՘ˆÌÊvœÀʓœÀiÊ̅>˜Ê>Ê
UÊ /…iÊ / É/ ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʅ>ÃÊLii˜ÊÃiÌÊ̜ʈÌÃʈ˜ˆÌˆ>Ê
“ˆ˜ÕÌi]Ê̅iÊ / É/ ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ê܈ÊLiÊÀiÃiÌÊ̜ʈÌÃÊ
Û>Õi°Ê-iÌÊ̅iÊ / É/ Ê>}>ˆ˜°Ê
initial value.

14
Switch and key operation overview
iÀiÊÜiÊiÝ«>ˆ˜Ê…œÜÊ̜ÊÕÃiÊ̅iʎiÞÃÊ>˜`ÊÃ܈ÌV…iÃʜvÊ̅iÊ,Ó{°Ê
Please look at the display for icons that show key functions.
Switch and key operation overview

Transport section Control section

Functions only when tracks are Play, create and set rhythm
REC key RHYTHM key
in recording standby. patterns

7HENSTOPPED Starts recording standby Set the insert and send-


EFFECT key
Recording standby ˜`ÃÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊÃÌ>˜`LÞÊ return effects
Starts recording (“>˜Õ>Ê «Õ˜V…‡ˆ˜É
During playback 1ÃiÊ >Õ`ˆœÊ ˆ˜ÌiÀv>Vi]Ê V>À`Ê
«Õ˜V…‡œÕÌ® USB key
Ài>`iÀÊ>˜`Ê1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ

Metronome, tuner, system


TOOL key
>˜`Ê- ÊV>À`ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã
PLAY key
PROJECT
Create, set and work with
PROJECT key
7HENSTOPPED Starts playback projects
Recording standby Starts recording
1-8Tr key
Switch between track
STOP key }ÀœÕ«Ã Ê £Hn]Ê ™H£È Ê >˜`Ê
9-16Tr key
£ÇHÓ{Ê(the indicator for the
During recording ˜`ÃÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜} >V̈ÛiÊÌÀ>VŽÊL>˜ŽÊˆ}…Ìî
During playback Stops playback 17-24Tr key
Recording standby Stops unit
Assign tracks and make
TRACK key
settings

REW key
PAN/EQ key Access track mixer settings
Stopped/playback ,i܈˜`ÃÊ
Hold STOP and press REW to return
to the top of the song. Fader section

Change track status to PLAY


FF key 1/9/17~8/16/24
­}Àii˜®]Ê1/ Ê­˜œÊˆ}…̮ʜÀÊ,
Ê
TRACK status ­Ài`®°Ê*>ÞL>VŽÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ̅>ÌÊ>ÀiÊ
keys
Stopped/playback Fast forwards already assigned appear orange.


…>˜}iÊ-/ ,ÊÌÀ>VŽÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ̜Ê
ENTER key Confirm items. MASTER
*9Ê­}Àii˜®]Ê-/ ,Ê­˜œÊˆ}…Ìp
status key ˜œÊ«>ÞL>VŽÉÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}®ÊœÀÊ8Ê
"7 Ê­Ài`®°
Press to go back. Hold to
EXIT key return to the top screen.

Change and move among Switches and controls


DIAL menus and numbers.

,iv°\Ê >ÀŽ‡Ài>Ìi`Ê ŽiÞÃÊ Ê POWER switch Turns power ON & OFF


*ÎÎ
/ÕÀ˜Ãʈ‡<ÊVœ˜˜iV̈œ˜Êœ˜ÉœvvÊ­œ˜ÞÊ
-iÌÉV>˜ViÊ>Õ̜ʫ՘V…‡ˆ˜É Hi-Z switch for INPUT 1®
œÕÌÊ>˜`ʇ ÊÀi«i>Ì /ÕÀ˜ÃÊLՈÌ‡ˆ˜Ê“ˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÃʜ˜ÉœvvÊ
MIC switch (signals to INPUTS 7 & 8®

Cursor appearance and METRONOME switch Sets metronome output

indication in manual PHANTOM switch Turns phantom power ON & OFF

Indications in manual 1˜ˆÌ


GAIN control Adjusts input sensitivity
Appearance in manual PEAK indicator Lights if maximum input detected

ÕÀˆ˜}ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}]Ê܅i˜Ê̅iÊMETRO-
In the explanations, only the
Move in NOME switch is set to PHONES ONLY,
usable directions are shown BALANCE control use to balance the volume of the
menu
stereo mix and the metronome
Note: The cursors are used often to move up, down, left and Level meters -…œÜÃÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}É«>ÞL>VŽÊiÛiÃ
right to choose different items. An example of their notation in the
TEMPO indicator Flashes in time with the count
manual is shown above.
15
Display information
The display shows data about projects and other elements, connection and operation status
as a recorder or a computer audio-interface, available functions and various menus.

Display information
Display and indications Icon display and setting keys

Top Screen: Shows the current project Insert effect icon q P80
Icon display area " Ê܅i˜ÊŜܘ°Ê1ÃiʎiÞÊ̜ÊÃiÌ°Ê
Project name
Hours: minutes: seconds:
milliseconds EFFECT key
Time ‡ ÊÀi«i>ÌʈVœ˜Ê
sig. >ÀqLi>Ìq̈VŽ
Mark, mark number 1ÃiʎiÞÊ̜ʜ«i˜Ê̅iÊEFFECT menu.
Tempo œL>ÊµÕ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜Ê
( *) Send-return effect q P80
Soft key Reverb/chorus icon
" Ê܅i˜ÊŜܘ°Ê1ÃiʎiÞÊ̜ÊÃiÌ°Ê
Menu screen: Shows an operation menu PROTECT icon qÊP89
Menu name or track number If shown, project is protected and cannot
be overwritten. Set using menu.

Battery icon qÊP13


When shown, batteries are in use
Press the ENTER key to and their remaining charge is
show the next menu or indicated by the number of bars.
execute an operation When ÊŜܘ]Ê1- Ê«œÜiÀʈÃÊ
1ÃiÊ̅iÊDIAL to set in use. When nothing is shown
and change values the AC adapter is in use.

Select items with the up


and down cursor keys AUTO PUNCHI IN/OUT A-B repeat icon – P32
icon – P29

AUTO PUNCH IN/OUT key A-B REPEAT key


Set when displayed. ‡ Ê«œˆ˜ÌÃÊÃiÌÊ܅i˜Ê`ˆÃ«>Þi`
1ÃiʎiÞÊ̜ÊÃiÌ°Ê 1ÃiʎiÞÊ̜ÊÃiÌ°Ê

The indications in enclosed in boxes, including F1~F5 beneath the row


starting with the AUTO PUNCH I/O key, < BANK >, DIRECT, and DAW, are
functions when used as a control surface in audio interface mode.

Soft keys

The functions of the soft keys appear at the bottom of the display.
Press the key under the indication to use that function.

UNDO/REDO
When indicators are shown
After recording and certain other operations, “UNDO»ÊˆÃÊŜܘ°Ê
After pressing the UNDO soft key, “REDO»ÊˆÃÊŜܘ°Ê*ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊ
soft key to execute.

1 "ʈ˜`ˆV>̜À , "ʈ˜`ˆV>̜À NOTE


UNDO: Return to the state before the previous UÊ 1˜`œÊ œ˜ÞÊ ÜœÀŽÃÊ œ˜Ê ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ ÜˆÌ…Ê ÀiVœÀ`i`Ê
operation after (PUNCH IN/OUT) recording, BOUNCE audio data
or MIX DOWN (to MASTER TRACK) UÊ "˜ÞÊ̅iÊ«ÀiۈœÕÃʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÊV>˜ÊLiÊ՘`œ˜i°Ê
REDO: Reverse the UNDO operation Any earlier operations cannot be undone.

16
Recording preparations

R24 recording flow/Creating a new project


7ˆÌ…Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÕÃiʓՏ̈ÌÀ>VŽÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊVœ“«iÌiÊܜÀŽÊœvʓÕÈV°Ê
Create a new project for each song that you make.
R24 recording flow/Creating a new project

Recording preparations Create a new project


PROJECT>NEW

Connecting instruments
1 Press

Project and track settings


2 Select NEW.
Change menu

Create a new project


Press
Select the INPUTS and the recording tracks

Set stereo links 3 Confirm the project NAME.


Change menu

Change track status (recording, play, mute)

Adjust input sensitivity using the GAIN


controls

4
Select whether to CONTINUE Change menu
using the previous settings.
Performance preparation

Set metronome including pre-count Change


setting

5
Set and use tuner Set the sampling RATE. Change menu

Recording the first tracks

Recording standby—record—stop Change


setting

Recording more tracks


6 Select EXECUTE.
Change menu

Overdubbing

Playback of already recorded tracks


Press
Overdubbing
HINT
Record standby—Record—Stop
You can change the name of the new project in
ÃÌi«ÊΰÊ

☞ ,iv\Ê
Ài>̈˜}Ê>ʘiÜÊ«ÀœiVÌÊ P90

17
Recording preparations

Connecting instruments/Making mono settings


Make settings for instruments such as high impedance guitars, line-input synths, the built-in
mics and mics that use phantom power as well as for stereo and mono input sources.

Connecting instruments/Making mono settings


Connecting passive-type guitars Assign INPUT 1~8 connections to
Connect the high impedance instrument to INPUT 1, and
tracks 1~24
the turn the Hi-Z switch ON.
1 Connect instruments and mics.
INPUTS 1~8

2
Make settings for instruments,
built-in mics, stereo tracks, etc.
Signal to INPUT 1
Hi-Z PHANTOM MIC
Connecting low-impedance instru-
Stereo Mono x 2 Mono
ments (mono connections)
Connect low impedance instruments to any INPUT 1~8.
3 Select the bank of tracks.
Assign faders to
ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ£Hn]ʙH£ÈÊ
œÀÊ£ÇHÓ{
Tracks Tracks Tracks
1~8 9~16 17~24

Signals to any INPUT 1~8


4 Change the status of the connected inputs.

Press the status key of a track


Using phantom power 1–2 times to turn its red light on.

When red, recording is possible

Set the tracks to receive inputs


Press the 1-8Tr, 9-16Tr or 17~24Tr key to set
Supply phantom power to the connected mic
the bank of tracks that will record the inputs.
NOTE
UÊ /ÕÀ˜Ê ̅iÊ PHANTOM switch ONÊ ÌœÊ «ÀœÛˆ`iÊ ³{nÊ 6Ê
power to INPUTS 3~8.
UÊ ˜Ê œÀ`iÀÊ ÌœÊ Ài`ÕViÊ L>ÌÌiÀÞÊ Vœ˜ÃՓ«Ìˆœ˜Ê LÞÊ Ì…iÊ
use of phantom power, it can be turned off to
INPUTS 3, 4, 7 and 8, and the voltage can be ).054 42!#+
Ài`ÕViÊ̜ʳÓ{Ê6Ê­,iv°Ê*£ä{®° 1~8Tr key active 9~16Tr key active 17~24Tr key active
UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊv>`iÀÊ̅>ÌʈÃʈ˜Êˆ˜iÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊINPUT jack. £ £ ™ £Ç
The signal from INPUT 1Ê}œiÃÊ̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ£]™ÊœÀʣǰ Ó Ó £ä £n
UÊ /œÊÕÃiÊÌÀ>VŽÃʙH£ÈʜÀÊ£ÇHÓ{Ê«ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊ9~16Tr or Î Î ££ £™
17~24Tr key to switch the fader assignment. { { £Ó Óä
UÊ i«i˜`ˆ˜}Ê œ˜Ê ̅iÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ ivviVÌÊ ÃiiV̈œ˜]Ê Ì…iÊ x x £Î Ó£
output can change. È È £{ ÓÓ

Ài>ÌiÊ œ˜iÊ ÃÌiÀiœÊ vˆiÊ vÀœ“Ê ÌÜœÊ v>`iÀÃÊ LÞÊ ÕȘ}Ê 7 7 £x ÓÎ
the stereo link setting. n n £È Ó{

☞ ,iv\Ê-ÌiÀiœÊÃiÌ̈˜} P19

18
Recording preparations

Connecting instruments/Stereo settings & status keys


To make a stereo recording, set a stereo link for adjacent odd and even-numbered tracks
>˜`ÊÀiVœÀ`ʜ˜Ê̅i“°Ê1ÃiÊ̅iÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃʎiÞÃÊ̜ÊÃi˜`ʈ˜«ÕÌÊÈ}˜>ÃÊ̜ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊÌÀ>VŽÃ°
Connecting instruments/Stereo settings & status keys

Using the built-in mics


Turn the MIC switch ON

Signals to INPUTS 7/8

Connecting line input instruments


(stereo connection)

Use INPUTS 1/2, 3/4, 5/6 and 7/8 as pairs. Input


left signals to odd-numbered tracks and right
signals to even numbered tracks.

!SSIGN).0543nTOTRACKSn
nORn

1 Connect instruments and mics.


INPUT1~8

2 Make settings for instruments,


built-in mics, stereo tracks, etc.
Stereo Mono x 2 MIC

3 Select the track bank.


Assign faders to tracks
1~8, 9~16 or 17~24
Tracks Tracks Tracks
1~8 9~16 17~24
NOTE
4 Set the status of the connected inputs.

Press a status key of the linked


UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊv>`iÀÊ̅>ÌʈÃʈ˜Êˆ˜iÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊINPUT jack.
The signal from INPUT 1Ê}œiÃÊ̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ£]ʙʜÀʣǰ
UÊ /œÊÕÃiÊÌÀ>VŽÃʙH£ÈʜÀÊ£ÇHÓ{]Ê«ÀiÃÃÊ̅i 9~16Tr or
tracks one or two times to turn
17~24Tr key to switch the fader assignment.
both lights red.

When red, recording is possible

19
Recording preparations

Stereo link
˜>LiÊ>ÊÃÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊvœÀÊÌÀ>VŽÃʈ˜Ê>`Û>˜ViʜvÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÃÌiÀiœÊwiÊ܅i˜Ê
ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}°Ê9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊ>ÃÈ}˜ÊÃÌiÀiœÊwið

Stereo link
Status keys and track indicators Stereo link
PAN/EQ>STEREO LINK

1
Press a status key to set the role of a track
fader and change the color of the track indi-
cator light. The track indicator colors show the Press
status as follows.

2 Select a track.

Change tracks

3 Select ST


LINK.
Change menu

REC PLAY MUTE


Record ready Playback ready Sound disabled

4
/À>VŽÊˆ˜`ˆV>̜ÀÃÊ­£HÓ{®
Select On.

Press Press Press


REC PLAY MUTE
Lit red Lit green Ê1˜ˆÌÊ

On/Off
The tracks that are joined with a
Track indicator (MASTER® stereo link are shown.

HINT
Press Press Press
MASTER MIX DOWN PLAY UÊ /…iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ«>ˆÀÃÊ̅>˜ÊV>˜ÊLiʍœˆ˜i`Ê܈̅ÊÃÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊ
Ê1˜ˆÌÊ Lit red Lit green >Ài\Ê£ÉÓ]ÊÎÉ{]ÊxÉÈ]ÊÇÉn]ʙɣä]Ê££É£Ó]Ê£ÎÉ£{]Ê£xÉ£È]Ê
£ÇÉ£n]Ê£™ÉÓä]ÊÓ£ÉÓÓÊ>˜`ÊÓÎÉÓ{
UÊ -ÌiÀiœÊ ˆ˜ŽÊ V…>˜}iÃÊ Ì…iÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}Ê vÀœ“Ê ÌÜœÊ “œ˜œÊ
tracks to one stereo track.
HINT UÊ 7…>ÌiÛiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊ˜Õ“LiÀÊޜÕÊV…œœÃi]Ê>˜Ê>`>Vi˜ÌÊ
track will be linked. You cannot change these
UÊ ˜Ê œÀ`iÀÊ ÌœÊ Ãi˜`Ê Ì…iÊ Ãˆ}˜>Ê vÀœ“Ê >˜Ê INPUT to a combinations.
ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê ÌÀ>VŽ]Ê «ÀiÃÃÊ ˆÌÃÊ ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ ŽiÞÊ £qÓÊ Ìˆ“iÃÊ UÊ /œÊ>`ÕÃÌÊ̅iÊۜÕ“iʜvÊ>Ê«>ˆÀʜvÊÌÀ>VŽÃʍœˆ˜i`ÊLÞÊ
until the track indicator lights red. stereo link, use the odd number fader. The even
UÊ /œÊ ÕÃiÊ ÌÜœÊ ˆ˜«ÕÌÃÊ «ÀiÃÃÊ LœÌ…Ê ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ ŽiÞÃÊ ÌœÊ number fader has no effect.
connect both to tracks. UÊ /…iÊ«>˜Ê«>À>“iÌiÀʜvÊ>Ê«>ˆÀʜvÊÌÀ>VŽÃʍœˆ˜i`ÊLÞÊ
UÊÊ/œÊ VÀi>ÌiÊ œ˜iÊ ÃÌiÀiœÊ vˆiÊ Ü…i˜Ê ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê ÌÜœÊ stereo link can be used to adjust their relative
tracks set a stereo link. volume balance.
UÊ vÊ̅iÊMASTER track is set to PLAY, all other tracks UÊ -ÌiÀiœÊwiÃÊV>˜ÊLiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃʍœˆ˜i`ÊLÞÊ
will be set to MUTEÊ­˜œÊÜ՘`®° stereo link. The left channel is sent to the odd
track and the right is sent to the even track.

20
Recording preparations

Setting the tempo


Set the tempo for the music. The tempo is saved for each project.
Setting the tempo

Changing the tempo

1 Press beneath .

2 Use the dial to change the value.

Tap beneath repeatedly.

The average pace will be set as the


tempo value.

Tempo
,>˜}i
{ä°äHÓxä°ä iv>ՏÌÊÛ>ÕiÊ\Ê£Óä°ä

21
Recording preparations

Preparing a rhythm track


/…iÊ,Ó{ʅ>ÃÊ>ÊÃ>“«iÀÊv՘V̈œ˜Ê̅>ÌÊ>œÜÃʏœœ«ÃÊ̜ÊLiÊ«>Þi`ÊL>VŽÊœ˜Êi>V…ÊÌÀ>VŽ°ÊiÀi]ÊÜiÊ
>ÃÈ}˜Ê>ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê̅>ÌʈÃÊLՈÌ‡ˆ˜Ê̜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ>ÃÊ>Ê}Ո`iÊÀ…Þ̅“°Ê

Preparing a rhythm track


Assignment to a track

1 Press

2 Select the track to assign.


Select track

3 Select TAKE.
Change menu

Press

4 Select PATTERN to use a rhythm


pattern.
Change menu

HINT
Press UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ «>ÞÊ Ì…iÊ ÃiiVÌi`Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ vˆiÊ œÀÊ
rhythm pattern.

5 Select the rhythm pattern.


Select a file or
pattern
Play

Stop

UÊ vÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ʓՏ̈«iÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ
and played back simultaneously, or patterns with
numerous note-on events are played, they might
Press not all play as expected due to the maximum
polyphony limitation of the unit.
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê >ÃÈ}˜Ê ̅iÊ œœ«Ê vˆiÃÊ œ˜Ê ̅i USBÊ
“i“œÀÞÊ­Àiv°Ê*{™®°Ê
UÊ ˜Ê -Ìi«Ê x]Ê ÞœÕÊ V>˜Ê V…>˜}iÊ Ì…iÊ œÀ`iÀÊ œvÊ Ì…iÊ
pattern list.
Press the A-Z soft key to list the patterns in
alphabetical order.
Press the No. soft key to list the patterns in
numerical order.

22
Track recording

Recording the first track


After connecting instruments and completing recording preparation, ready the recorder and
ÃÌ>ÀÌÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊwÀÃÌÊÌÀ>VŽ°
Recording the first track

Starting from the Top Screen of a Adjusting the input level

2
new project
Arm the track for recording.

1 Return the counter to the beginning Press 1-2 times until the
track light turns red.
Press and hold and press When red, recording is possible
to return to the beginning.

Top Screen
3 Adjust the input sensitivity GAIN.

Counter at head position Adjust the


­“>ÀŽÊää®° input level.
Make
noise! Should light briefly when the
volume reaches maximum

4 Adjust the recording level.

If an insert effect is
applied to an INPUT,
adjust the patch level,
for example, so that the
red indicator (0dB) on the
level meter does not light.

5 Adjust the monitoring system.

Use the fader for the


HINT recording track to adjust
the monitoring level of the
UÊ The Top Screen display of a new project instrument being recorded
(INPUT 1 is track 1, 9 or 17).
Counter at head position
­“>ÀŽÊää®°

NOTE
UÊ vÌiÀÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ê̅iʈ˜«ÕÌÊ­-Ìi«ÊxÊ>˜`Ê>vÌiÀ®]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê Red lights on PEAK indicators and level meters
process input signals with the insert effect.
A PEAK indicator turns red when the signal exceeds
̅iʓ>݈“Õ“Ê`iÌiVÌ>LiʏiÛiÊœvÊäÊ` ]ÊÀiÃՏ̈˜}ʈ˜Ê
input clipping. The red indicator on a level meter
means that the signal being recorded (signal after
«>ÃȘ}Ê̅ÀœÕ}…Ê̅iʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviV̮ʈÃÊVˆ««ˆ˜}°ÊvÊVˆ«-
ping happens, the recorded sound will be distorted.
☞ ,iv\Ê Insert
iÜÊ«ÀœiVÌÊVÀi>̈œ˜
effect
P90
You should reduce the recording level.
P81

23
Recording the first track
Recording the first track Playing back the recorded track

6 Start recording standby.


9 Press stop (if you have not already).

Press Lit red Press Lit 1˜ˆÌÊ


green

7 Start recording.
Counter stops

Press Lit red Lit green

Counter starts 10 Play the track.

Press on the track to


be played 1-2 times
until lit green

8
When green, the track is
Stop recording. ready for playback

Press Lit green 1˜ˆÌÊ


11 Return the counter to the beginning.

Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning.
The counter stops moving,
LÕÌÊ`œiÃʘœÌÊÀiÌÕÀ˜Ê̜Êä°

12 Play the track.

HINT Press Lit green

UÊ *ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊUNDO soft key to cancel the operation.

Recording again
13 Stop playback.

Press Lit green


UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ ÀiVœÀ`Ê >}>ˆ˜Ê œ˜Ê ̅iÊ Ã>“iÊ ÌÀ>VŽ]Ê Ì…iÊ
previous recording will be overwritten.
UÊ /…iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÌܜÊÜ>ÞÃÊ̜ʓ>ŽiÊ>ʘiÜÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʜÀÊ
NOTE
re-record. UÊ vÊ̅iÊREC


 MODE is set to Overwrite, recorded
Ê UÊ*ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊUNDO soft key to undo the recording. >Õ`ˆœÊwiÃʜ˜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ܈ÊLiʜÛiÀÜÀˆÌÌi˜Ê܅i˜Ê˜iÜÊ
Ê UÊ1ÃiÊ̅iÊTRACKʀÊTAKEʀÊFILE menu to assign ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÃÊ>Àiʓ>`i°Ê iÊV>ÀivՏÊ܅i˜ÊÀiÌÕÀ˜ˆ˜}Ê
̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊÕÃi`ÊvœÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̜Ê>ʸNew


Take¸Ê­,iv°Ê the counter to the beginning and recording
*Óx®°Ê again. Set the REC


 MODE to Always


 New if you
do not want to overwrite recordings.
UÊ 7…i˜ÊÃiÌÊ̜ʫ>Þ]Ê̅iÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊVÕÀÀi˜ÌÞʜ˜Ê̅iÊ
track will be played.

24
Track recording

Changing the playback take


9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃÈ}˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiÃÊ̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊvÀiiÞ°Ê ÞÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʓՏ̈«iÊÌ>ŽiÃʜvÊۜV>Ã]Ê}ՈÌ>ÀÊ܏œÃÊ
>˜`ʜ̅iÀÊ«>ÀÌÃʈ˜Ê`ˆvviÀi˜ÌÊwiÃ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê>ÌiÀÊÃiiVÌÊ̅iÊLiÃÌÊÌ>Ži°
Changing the playback take

1 Press
3WITCHINGTWOTRACKS37!0

1 Press beneath .

2 Select the track to assign.

Select track

3
Select TAKE.
Change menu
2 Select the first track to swap.

Press
Indicators blink orange on tracks that can be selected.
Press the status key to select a track.

4 For an audio file, select FILE.


Change menu

Selectable: blinking orange


Selected: lit orange

3
Press Select the second track to swap.

5 Select the desired audio file.


Select the file
or pattern
Already selected
track

Indicators blink orange on tracks that can be selected.


Press the status key to select a track.

Press
Selectable: blinking orange
Selected: lit orange

HINT
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊ«>ÞÊ̅iÊÃiiVÌi`Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwi°Ê
4 Swap the tracks.
Tracks to be swapped
Move cursor
Play

Stop

UÊ ˆiÃÊ̅>ÌÊ>ÀiÊ>Ài>`ÞÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃʅ>ÛiÊ>˜Ê
* to the left of their names. Press

25
Changing the playback take
NOTE
The swap function switches two tracks, including
the assigned files, track sequence data and all
track parameter information.

26
Overdubbing

Recording additional tracks


vÌiÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊwÀÃÌÊÌÀ>VŽ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÀiVœÀ`Ê>``ˆÌˆœ˜>ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ܅ˆiÊ«>ވ˜}ÊL>VŽÊ>Ài>`ÞÊ
ÀiVœÀ`i`Ê>Õ`ˆœ°Ê*Ài«>À>̈œ˜ÃÊvœÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê>ÀiÊ̅iÊÃ>“iÊ>ÃÊvœÀÊ̅iÊwÀÃÌÊÌÀ>VŽ]ÊLÕÌÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê
Recording additional tracks

also set recordings to play on different tracks.


Playing already recorded tracks Start and stop recording

1 Press 1-2 times until the


indicator lights green for 4 Press and hold and press
to return to the beginning.
all tracks to be played
back.
Playback-ready when green

Preparing to record more tracks

5 Press REC and PLAY


in order to start

2
Press for all recording
Lit red Lit green
recording.
tracks 1-2 times until the
track light turns red.
Counter starts
When red, recording is possible

3 Adjust the input level.

Input sensitivity

Make Play!
noise!

6
ÀˆivÞʏˆ}…ÌÃÊ܅i˜Ê̅iÊۜÕ“iÊ
Lit
reaches maximum.
Press to stop. green 1˜ˆÌÊ
Red

Orange Set the level so that


at maximum volume
The counter stops moving,
Orange ̅iÊÀi`ʏˆ}…ÌÊ­äÊ` ®Ê
LÕÌÊ`œiÃʘœÌÊÀiÌÕÀ˜Ê̜Êä°
does not light.
Green
Recording level Monitoring system

HINT
UÊ vÊޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊÕÃiÊ>ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ̅>Ìʅ>ÃÊ>Ài>`ÞÊLii˜Ê
recorded on for a later recording, assign the
recorded file to another track, and make the
Ì>À}iÌÊÌÀ>VŽÊi“«ÌÞ°Ê,iviÀÊ̜ʸ
…>˜}ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊ«>Þ-
L>VŽÊÌ>Ži¸Ê­*Óx®°Ê
You can also swap recorded tracks with unre-
corded tracks.
Ê œÊ ̅ˆÃ]Ê Ü…i˜Ê VÀi>̈˜}Ê >Ê ÃiVœ˜`Ê }ՈÌ>ÀÊ ÌÀ>VŽÊ
using Hi-Z, for example.

27
Recording additional tracks
Playback all tracks

1
Press 1-2 times until the
indicator lights green for
all tracks to be played
back.
Playback-ready when green

2 Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning.

3 Press to start playback.

Lit green

4 Press to stop playback.

Lit green

NOTE HINT
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ޜÕÊ “œÛiÊ vˆiÃÊ œ˜Ê ÌÀ>VŽÃ]Ê Vœ˜vˆÀ“Ê ̅>ÌÊ ˜œÊ UÊ vÊޜÕÊ>ÀiÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʜ˜Ê>Ê`ˆvviÀi˜ÌÊÌÀ>VŽÊ̅>˜Ê̅iÊ
files are assigned to the tracks to be recorded wÀÃÌÊÌÀ>VŽ]Ê̅iÀiʈÃʘœÊ˜ii`Ê̜ʓœÛiʜÀÊÃÜ>«Ê̅iÊ
(“New


Take»®°Ê wÀÃÌÊÌÀ>VŽ°Ê
Ê vÊ̅iÀiʈÃÊ>ÊwiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽ]Ê̅>ÌÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê UÊÊvÊޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊÀiVœÀ`Ê>ʘiÜÊwi]ÊÃiÌÊ̅>ÌÊÌÀ>VŽÊ̜Ê
will be overwritten by new recording. New


Take.
UÊÊvÊ̅iÊREC


 MODE is set to Overwrite, recorded
>Õ`ˆœÊwiÃʜ˜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ܈ÊLiʜÛiÀÜÀˆÌÌi˜Ê܅i˜Ê˜iÜÊ
ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÃÊ>Àiʓ>`i°Ê iÊV>ÀivՏÊ܅i˜ÊÀiÌÕÀ˜ˆ˜}Ê
the counter to the beginning and recording
again. Set the REC


 MODE to Always


 New if you
do not want to overwrite recordings.
UÊ 7…i˜Ê >Ê ÌÀ>VŽÊ ˆÃÊ «>އi˜>Li`]Ê Ì…iÊ vˆiÊ œ˜Ê ˆÌÊ ÜˆÊ
play back.

28
Re-recording

Automatic punch-in/punch-out
*՘V…‡ˆ˜Ê>˜`ʫ՘V…‡œÕÌÊ>œÜÊޜÕÊ̜ÊÀi‡ÀiVœÀ`Ê>ÊȘ}iÊ«>ÀÌʜvÊ>ÊÀiVœÀ`i`Êwi°Ê9œÕÊV>˜Ê
ÃiÌÊ̅iÊLi}ˆ˜˜ˆ˜}Ê­«Õ˜V…‡ˆ˜®Ê>˜`Êi˜`ˆ˜}Ê­«Õ˜V…‡œÕ̮ʫœˆ˜ÌÃʈ˜Ê>`Û>˜ViÊ̜ÊÃÌ>ÀÌÊ>˜`ÊÃ̜«Ê
Automatic punch-in/punch-out

recording automatically.
Prepare the track that you want to Rehearse
punch-in/punch-out

1 Raise the fader on the track


1 Press to start
playback.
Lit

When the punch-in point is passed, the track is


you want to re-record automatically muted.

Perform (not recording)

2
When the punch-out point is passed, the track is
Press 1-2 times
automatically unmuted.
until lit red

When red, recording is possible


2 Press to stop
playback.
1˜ˆÌÊ

3
Adjust the recording
level and the GAIN to
Re-recording: punch-in/punch-out

8
be the same as the
already recorded part. Locate to before the
punch-in point.

Set the punch-in/out points 9 Press REC and PLAY in


order to start recording.

4
Locate the starting
p o s i t i on ( p un c h-in Lit ˆ˜ŽÃÊ Not recording

point) Pass the punch-in point

5 Press to set the punch-in point

Appears on
Perform Lit

Pass the punch-out point


Recording

display
Lit ˆ˜ŽÃÊ Not recording

6
Locate the ending position

10
(punch-out point)
Press to stop recorder.

7
1˜ˆÌÊ
Press to set the punch-out point

Appears on Cancel punch-in/out


display

NOTE
11 Press
Indicators disappear from display

UÊ "˜ViÊޜÕÊÃiÌÊ>Õ̜ʫ՘V…‡ˆ˜ÉœÕÌÊ«œˆ˜Ì]ÊޜÕÊV>˜˜œÌÊ
change them. Cancel and set them again.
UÊ vÊ̅iÊREC


MODE is set to Always


New]Ê>ʘiÜÊwiÊ
will be recorded.

,i‡ÀiVœÀ`i`Ê«>ÀÌ

29
Re-recording

Manual punch-in/punch-out
You can also punch in and out manually. Press the REC key during playback to start
re-recording from that point.

Manual punch-in/punch-out
Prepare the track that you want to Re-recording: punch-in/punch-out
punch-in/punch-out

1 Raise the fader on the track


4 Locate to before the
punch in point.

you want to re-record

5 Press to start Lit

2
playback.
Press 1-2 times
until lit red

When red, recording is possible Perform (not recording)

3
Adjust the recording
level and the GAIN to

6
be the same as the Press REC to punch-in and
already recorded part. start recording.

Lit

Perform (recording)

Press REC to punch-out,

7 stop recording and start


playback.
Lit unlit

8 Press to stop recorder.


unlit

NOTE
UÊ *՘V…‡ˆ˜ÉœÕÌÊ œÛiÀÜÀˆÌiÃÊ Ì…iÊ ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê œ˜Ê ̅iÊ
track.
Start Stop
UÊ vÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊˆÃÊÃiÌÊ̜ÊNew


 Take, the track will be
silent before punching in and after punching out.
UÊ vÊ̅iÊREC


MODE is set to Always


New]Ê>ʘiÜÊwiÊ
,i‡ÀiVœÀ`i`Ê«>ÀÌ will be recorded.
UÊ 1ÃiÊ Ì…iÊ UNDO soft key to cancel the re-recording
and keep the previous take.

30
Playback

Project playback
,iVœÀ`i`Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iÞÊÜiÀiÊÀiVœÀ`i`ʜ˜°Ê
ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ̅>ÌÊ>ÀiÊi˜>Li`ÊvœÀÊ«>ÞL>VŽÊLÞÊ̅iˆÀÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃʎiÞÃÊ­}Àii˜Êˆ}…ÌÃʜ˜®Ê܈ÊLiÊ«>Þi`°
Project playback

Overview of recording and playback process in a project

42!#+ 42!#+ 42!#+ 42!#+ 42!#+ 42!#+ 42!#+ 42!#+ MASTER


1/9/17 2/10/18  4/12/20     42!#+
Recording the first track
Track 1: mono recording Track 7 & 8: stereo recording

£‡n/,

REC New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take REC
MONO-000.WAV STE-000.WAV
™‡£È/,

New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take
£Ç‡Ó{/,

New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take

Recording more tracks/Playback of the previously recorded tracks


Mono recording on tracks 11, 12, 13 and 22
Track 1: mono playback Track 7 & 8: stereo playback

PLAY New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take PLAY
MONO-000.WAV STE-000.WAV
New Take New Take REC REC REC New Take New Take New Take

MONO-001.WAV MONO-002.WAV MONO-003.WAV


New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take REC New Take New Take

MONO-004.WAV

Playback
Track 1, 11, 12, 13 & 22: mono playback Track 7 & 8: stereo playback
PLAY New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take PLAY
MONO-000.WAV STE-000.WAV
New Take New Take PLAY PLAY PLAY New Take New Take New Take

MONO-001.WAV MONO-002.WAV MONO-003.WAV


New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take PLAY New Take New Take

MONO-004.WAV

Assigning different files to tracks for playback


Track 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5: mono playback Track 7 & 8: stereo playback
PLAY PLAY PLAY PLAY PLAY New Take PLAY
VOCAL2.WAV VOCAL.WAV BASS.WAV GUITAR.WAV GUITAR2.WAV STE-000.WAV
New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take

New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take New Take

☞ ,iv\Ê
…>˜}ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊ«>ÞL>VŽÊÌ>Ži P25

31
Playback

Repeat playback of a specific section (A-B repeat)


9œÕÊV>˜ÊÃiÌÊ>ÊLi}ˆ˜˜ˆ˜}Ê«œˆ˜ÌÊ­®Ê>˜`Ê>˜Êi˜`ˆ˜}Ê«œˆ˜ÌÊ­ ®Êˆ˜Ê>Ê«ÀœiVÌÊ>˜`ÊÀi«i>ÌÊ«>ÞL>VŽÊ
between them.

A-B repeat
Setting A-B points HINT
UÊ 7…i˜Ê«>ÞL>VŽÊÀi>V…iÃÊ«œˆ˜ÌÊ ]ʈÌÊ>Õ̜“>̈V>ÞÊ

1 Locate the
beginning
goes back to point A and continues playback.
UÊ 7…ˆiÊ Ì…iÊ ‡ Ê ˆVœ˜Ê >««i>ÀÃ]Ê «>ÞL>VŽÊ Ài«i>ÌÃÊ
continuously.
point.
UÊ /…iÃiÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ V>˜Ê LiÊ “>`iÊ LœÌ…Ê `ÕÀˆ˜}Ê «>Þ-

2
back and when stopped.
Press UÊ vÊޜÕÊÃiÌÊ«œˆ˜ÌÊ Ê>ÌÊ>Ê̈“iÊLivœÀiÊ«œˆ˜ÌÊ]ÊÀi«i>ÌÊ
«>ÞL>VŽÊ ܈Ê œVVÕÀÊ vÀœ“Ê «œˆ˜ÌÊ Ê ÌœÊ «œˆ˜ÌÊ Ê
Appears on
instead.
display
UÊ /œÊ“>ŽiʘiÜÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã]Ê«ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊA-B REPEAT key
to cancel it once and then follow the procedures

3
to make new ones.
Locate the end point.

4 Press
Appears on
display

A-B repeat
#$࡝ࡇ࡯ section
࠻⸳ቯㇱಽ
A-B repeat: playback repeatedly

5 Press to start playback.


Repeat
ߊࠅ㄰ߒౣ↢playback

6 Press to stop playback.

Cancel repeat and clear points

7
Press to cancel repeat
playback and clear the
The repeat icons A-B points.
disappear from the
display.

32
Using the counter and marks to locate
The counter shows the recording or elapsed time in hours: minutes: seconds: milliseconds
>˜`ÊL>ÀÃqLi>ÌÃq̈VŽÃÊ­£É{nÊLi>Ì®°Ê-iÌʓ>ÀŽÃʈ˜Ê>Ê«ÀœiVÌÊ̜ʏœV>ÌiÊ̜Ê̅i“ʵՈVŽÞ°
Using the counter and marks to locate

Locate using the counter Add a mark


To prepare, stop the recorder, select the Add a mark using the counter
project and start from the Top Screen.

1
Start from the top screen. Set the counter
to the desired mark position.

1
Change unit
Select the hours: minutes: seconds or or digit
bars–beats–ticks.
Change item

2 Press

>ÀÃLi>ÌÃ̈VŽÃ
Hours: minutes: seconds: milliseconds Mark icon
Mark number

2 Change the values.


Add a mark during recording/playback

1
Change numbers During recording or playback

NOTE
You cannot change the counter this way during re-
cording or playback.

HINT 2 Press

UÊvÌiÀÊ-Ìi«ÊÓ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÃÌ>ÀÌÊ«>ÞL>VŽÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊÃiÌÊ
counter position.
UÊ>ÀŽÊˆVœ˜Ê`ˆÃ«>Þ
>ÀŽÊäÎÊŜܘÊÃiÌÊ>ÌÊ£äʓˆ˜ÕÌiÃ]Ê
änÊÃiVœ˜`Ã]Ê£xʓˆˆÃiVœ˜`Ã
Mark set at current
counter position
No mark set at
counter position

UÊ >ÀŽÊ âiÀœÊ ­ ®Ê ˆÃÊ >Ü>ÞÃÊ ÃiÌÊ >ÌÊ VœÕ˜ÌiÀÊ äÊ


­«ÀœiVÌÊLi}ˆ˜˜ˆ˜}®Ê>˜`ÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊV…>˜}i`°Ê
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ >``Ê >Ê “>ÀŽÊ >ÌÊ >Ê Ìˆ“iÊ i>ÀˆiÀÊ Ì…>˜Ê >˜Ê
existing mark, all the following marks will be auto-
matically renumbered in order.
UÊ"˜iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊV>˜Ê…>ÛiÊ>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊœvÊ£ääʓ>ÀŽÃ]Ê
including the zero mark.

33
Using the counter and marks to locate
Locate to the position of a mark Delete a mark

Use keys to move between marks in order 1 Press the forward or backward mark

1
key until you reach the desired mark.

Press the forward or backward mark


key until you reach the desired mark.

Mark icon highlighted

Project
2 Press

The highlighted mark is


erased and the preceding
mark is shown.

NOTE
Move to marks in counter sequence UÊ "˜ViÊ`iiÌi`]Ê>ʓ>ÀŽÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊÀiVœÛiÀi`°Ê
UÊ Ê­Ì…iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊLi}ˆ˜˜ˆ˜}®ÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊiÀ>Ãi`°Ê

1 Select the mark number.


Move between
units and digits
UÊ *ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊMARK/CLEAR key when the mark icon is
…ˆ}…ˆ}…Ìi`Ê­ˆ}…ÌʏiÌÌiÀÃʜ˜Ê`>ÀŽÊL>VŽ}ÀœÕ˜`®Ê̜Ê
erase that mark. Press the MARK/CLEAR key when
the mark icon is not highlighted to create a new
mark at that position.
ˆ˜ŽÃÊ
UÊ 7…i˜Ê “>ÀŽÃÊ >ÀiÊ >``i`Ê >˜`Ê Ài“œÛi`Ê LiÌÜii˜Ê
other marks, all the marks are automatically
renumbered in order from the beginning.

2 Select a mark number. New mark added

Change number

Mark deleted

Cannot
change

34
Tools

Tuner
/…iÊ,Ó{ʅ>ÃÊ>ʓՏ̈v՘V̈œ˜ÊÌ՘iÀÊ̅>Ìʈ˜VÕ`iÃÊV…Àœ“>̈VÊÌ՘ˆ˜}Ê̅>ÌÊ`iÌiVÌÃʘœÌiʘ>“iÃÊ
LÞÊÃi“ˆÌœ˜iÃ]ÊÃÌ>˜`>À`Ê}ՈÌ>ÀÉL>ÃÃÊÌ՘ˆ˜}Ê>˜`ʅ>v‡ÃÌi«‡`œÜ˜ÊÌ՘ˆ˜}°
Tuner

1 Press Other tuner types

2 Press 1-2 times 5 Press the under .


Select tuner
type
Record-enabled when red

3 Select TUNER.
Change menu
Press

Press
6 Select the note name/
string number and tune

Select note
Chromatic tuner name/string
number
Play the open string of the

4
indicated note and adjust
the pitch
Tune the instrument
Changing the standard pitch
Shows whether the pitch is higher
or lower than the note indicated. Press the under ,
and set the standard pitch

Set the
standard
pitch

Press
Shows the note closest
to the input signal HINT
UÊ /…iÊ«ˆÌV…ʈ˜`ˆV>̜ÀÊÀi뜘`ÃÊ̜ÊÜÕÀViÃʈ˜«ÕÌʜ˜Ê
tracks with red status lights.
UÊ /…iÊÃÌ>˜`>À`Ê«ˆÌV…ÊV>˜ÊLiÊÃiÌÊLiÌÜii˜Ê{Îxq{{xÊ
âʈ˜Ê£ÊâÊ՘ˆÌðÊ/…iÊ`iv>ՏÌÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʈÃÊ{{äÊâ°
UÊ 7ˆÌ…Ê ̅iÊ Ì՘iÀÊ ÌÞ«iÃÊ œÌ…iÀÊ Ì…>˜Ê V…Àœ“>̈V]Ê Ì…iÊ
V>ˆLÀ>̈œ˜ÊV>˜ÊLiÊÕÃi`Ê̜ʏœÜiÀÊ̅iÊ«ˆÌV…ÊLÞÊ£qÎÊ
semitones (♭q♭♭♭®°
UÊ /…iÊÃÌ>˜`>À`Ê«ˆÌV…ÊÛ>ÕiÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʈÃÊÃ̜Ài`ÊÃi«>-
rately for each project.

Tuner type GUITAR BASS /0%.! /0%.$ /0%.% /0%.' DADGAD


-ÌÀˆ˜}£ 
-ÌÀˆ˜}Ó C# A A
-ÌÀˆ˜}Î  A A F# ›  
-ÌÀˆ˜}É
-ÌÀˆ˜}{
note
-ÌÀˆ˜}x A A A  A
-ÌÀˆ˜}È
String7

35
Tools

Metronome
This metronome, which includes a pre-count function, allows you to change its volume, tone
and pattern. You can also output the metronome sound only through the headphones.

Metronome
1
Menu settings and setting values
Press ON/OFF: Set when operative
Settings

2 Select METRONOME.
Change menu
Play


Only
Rec


Only
Play


&


Rec



ÕÀˆ˜}Ê«>ÞL>VŽÊœ˜Þ
ÕÀˆ˜}ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʜ˜Þ
ÕÀˆ˜}ÊLœÌ…Ê«>ÞL>VŽÊ>˜`ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}
Offʭ`iv>Տ̮ No metronome sound
LEVEL: Change metronome volume
Setting range
0-100 iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi\Ê50
PAN: Change the stereo positionn
Press
Setting range
This is the standard method for setting the metronome.
L100-R100 iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi\ÊCenter

3 Select each menu and adjust the SOUND: Change tone

settings. Settings
Metronome sound with a bell on the
Change menu Bellʭ`iv>Տ̮
accent
Click Click sound only
Stick ÀՓÊÃ̈VŽÊÜ՘`
Cowbell Cowbell tone
Hi-Q Synthesized click sound
Change
TRACK1~TRACK24 /,
Ê£HÓ{ÊÜ՘`Ê­“œ˜œ®
setting
TRACK1/2~TRACK23/24 /,
Ê£ÉÓHÓÎÉÓ{ÊÜ՘`Ê­ÃÌiÀiœ®
PRE


COUNT: Pre-count setting
Settings
Off


­`iv>Տ̮ No sound
˜>LiÊÜ՘`Ê`ÕÀˆ˜}Ê«Ài‡VœÕ˜ÌÊ vœÀÊ£Ê
1~8
̜ÊnÊLi>Ìð
HINT Special pre-count pattern

Changing and adjusting the metronome output SPECIAL

UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊMETRONOME switch to set the output.

/54054 0(/.%3
The metronome sound is output
through both OUTPUT and PHONES jacks
0(/.%3/.,9
The metronome sound is output only
through the PHONES jack.
1ÃiÊ Ì…iÊ BALANCE knob to adjust the NOTE
relative volumes of the MASTER fader
signal and the metronome sound. UÊ iÊ>Ü>ÀiÊ̅>ÌʈvÊޜÕÊÌÕÀ˜Ê̅iʓiÌÀœ˜œ“iÊۜÕ“iÊ
MASTER CLICK up high, the accented beat of some sounds
(metronome)
“ˆ}…ÌÊLiVœ“iÊ`ˆvwVՏÌÊ̜Ê`ˆÃ̈˜}ՈÅ°
UÊ vÊ >Ê ÌÀ>VŽÊ ÜˆÌ…Ê >Ê À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê >ÃÈ}˜i`Ê ˆÃÊ
UÊ iÌÀœ˜œ“iÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ>ÀiÊÃ>Ûi`ÊvœÀÊi>V…Ê«ÀœiVÌ°Ê selected in the SOUND setting, no sound will be
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜ÊÕÃiÊ̅iʓiÌÀœ˜œ“iÊiÛi˜Ê`ÕÀˆ˜}ÊMASTER output.
TRACK playback.

36
Tools

 TRACKSYNCHRONIZEDRECORDINGWITHTWOUNITS
vÊޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊÀiVœÀ`ʓœÀiÊ̅i˜ÊnÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>ÌÊ̅iÊÃ>“iÊ̈“iÊ`ÕÀˆ˜}Ê>ÊL>˜`Ê«iÀvœÀ“>˜Vi]ÊvœÀÊ
iÝ>“«i]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Êˆ˜VÀi>ÃiÊ̅iʘՓLiÀʜvÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊLÞÊVœ˜˜iV̈˜}ÊÌܜÊ,Ó{ÃÊ՘ˆÌÃÊLÞÊ1- °
 TRACKSYNCHRONIZEDRECORDINGWITHTWOUNITS

Make sender settings Make receiver settings


-iÌÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜ÊÕÃiÊvœÀʎiÞÊVœ˜ÌÀœÊ>ÃÊ̅iʓ>ÃÌiÀ° -iÌÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̅>ÌÊ܈ÊÀiViˆÛiÊVœ““>˜`ÃÊ>ÃÊ̅iÊÏ>Ûi°

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu
2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu

Press Press

Press Press

3 Select SYNC


REC and set it to Master.
3 Select SYNC


REC and set it to Slave.

Change menu Change menu

Master/Slave Off/Master/Slave

HOSTÊ1- ʈ˜`ˆV>̜ÀʏˆÌÊ DEVICEÊ1- ʈ˜`ˆV>̜ÀʏˆÌ

4 Connect the two R24 units by USB cable


*Õ}Ê>Ê1- ÊÓ°äÊ­ ‡ÌÞ«i®ÊV>Liʈ˜ÌœÊ̅i
ports that have lit indicators.

HINT
Command keys that affect both units.

REC key FF key

PLAY key REW key

STOP key

37
NOTE
UÊ *iÀviVÌÊ ÃޘV…Àœ˜ˆâ>̈œ˜Ê œvÊ Ì…iÊ ÃÌ>À̈˜}Ê Ìˆ“iÊ œvÊ
recording of two units is not guaranteed.
Ê Ê}>«ÊœvÊ>««ÀœÝˆ“>ÌiÞÊ£‡ÓʓÃÊ܈ÊœVVÕÀ°

œ˜˜iV̈œ˜Ê ÜˆÌ…Ê >˜Ê ,£ÈÊ ˆÃÊ >ÃœÊ «œÃÈLi°Ê 7…i˜Ê
Vœ˜˜iV̈˜}Ê̜Ê>˜Ê,£È]Ê>Ü>ÞÃÊÃiÌÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê>ÃÊ̅iÊ
Master.
UÊ *Ài‡VœÕ˜ÌÊ ˆÃÊ `ˆÃ>Li`Ê Ü…i˜Ê ÕȘ}Ê ÃޘV…Àœ˜ˆâi`Ê
recording.
UÊ 7…i˜Ê >˜Ê ,Ó{Ê ˆÃÊ ÃiÌÊ ÌœÊ Slave, operation using
LÕÃÊ«œÜiÀʈÃʘœÌÊ}Õ>À>˜Ìii`°Ê1ÃiÊ>˜Ê
Ê>`>«ÌiÀÊ
or batteries.

38
Mixing

R24 mixing process


1ÃiÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ“ˆÝiÀÊ̜ʓ>ŽiÊÃÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã]Ê>`ÕÃÌÊۜÕ“i]Ê +]Ê«>˜Ê­L>>˜Vi®Ê>˜`Ê̅iÊ
send amount to send-return effects.
R24 mixing process

NOTE
!DJUSTTHEVOLUME %1 ÝVi«ÌÊvœÀÊ«…>ÃiÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã]ÊLœÌ…ʏivÌÊ>˜`ÊÀˆ}…ÌÊV…>˜-
AND0!.OFTRACKS nels of stereo tracks share the same parameter
values.

HINT
Select the send-return What is the track mixer?
UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iʓˆÝiÀÊ̜ʓˆÝÊ̅iÊÀiVœÀ`iÀ¿ÃÊ>Õ`ˆœÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ
effect to stereo.
UÊ 1ÃiÊi>V…ÊÌÀ>VŽ¿ÃÊv>`iÀÊ̜Ê>`ÕÃÌʈÌÃÊۜÕ“i]Ê«>˜]Ê
+Ê>˜`ʜ̅iÀÊ«>À>“iÌiÀð

Adjust the send-return effect

Recorder (recording)
Track 1–24 + MASTER
Apply insert effects to tracks

Track Mixer

Mix down

Mix down
Master track (recording)

Output

39
Mixing

%1 PANANDSENDLEVELTRACKSETTINGS
1ÃiÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ“ˆÝiÀÊ̜ÊÃiÌÊÌÀ>VŽÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÃÊ̅>Ì]ÊvœÀÊiÝ>“«i]Ê>`ÕÃÌÊ«>˜Ê­ÃÌiÀiœÊ«œÃˆÌˆœ˜®]Ê
+Ê­iµÕ>ˆâiÀ®Ê>˜`ÊÃi˜`‡ÀiÌÕÀ˜ÊivviVÌð

%1 PANANDSENDLEVELTRACKSETTINGS
1 Press HINT
UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ“ˆÝiÀÊ̜Ê>`ÕÃÌÊi>V…ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ«>À>“-

2
eter, including pan and the send-return effect
Select a track.
levels, to process the signals.
Change tracks UÊ ˜ÊÃÌi«ÊÓ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÃiiVÌÊ>ÊÌÀ>VŽÊLÞÊ«ÀiÃȘ}Ê
its status key so that its indicator lights orange.

3 Select a menu item and its setting.

Change menu

NOTE
UÊ ÝVi«ÌÊvœÀÊ«…>ÃiÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ­INVERT®]ÊLœÌ…ʏivÌÊ>˜`Ê
right channels of stereo tracks share the same
Change parameter values.
setting
UÊ -iÌ̈˜}ÃÊ>ÀiÊÃ̜Ài`ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÞÊvœÀÊi>V…Ê«ÀœiVÌ°Ê

4 Select EQ


HI, EQ


MID or EQ


LO. UÊ /…iÊ œ˜ÞÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}Ê Ì…>ÌÊ Ì…iÊ MASTER TRACK has is
volume control using its fader.
Change menu

Press

5 Select each item and change settings.


Change menu

Change setting

40
Mixing

Track parameters
These parameters can be set for each track
Track parameters

œ˜œÊÌÀ>VŽÃ\Ê£HÓ{
-ÌiÀiœÊÌÀ>VŽÃ\Ê£ÉÓHÓÎÉÓ{

Setting range Mono Stereo Master


Display Parameter Explanation
(default value) tracks tracks track
£ääH,£ää `ÕÃÌÃÊ >Ê ÌÀ>VŽ½ÃÊ* °Ê œÀÊ ÃÌiÀiœÊ ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ >`ÕÃÌÃÊ Ì…iÊ
PAN PAN
­
i˜ÌiÀ® volume balance between the left and right channels. ◯ ◯
Ê +ÊÊ ˆ}…‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊ
-iÌÊ܅i̅iÀÊ̜ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊ̅iʅˆ}…‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊ­EQ
+Ê]ÊÊ
1/Ê HI®Ê œÀÊ Vi>ÀÞÊ VÕÌÊ՘˜iViÃÃ>ÀÞʅˆ}…Ê vÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃÊ ­HI
/9*
­ +Ê® CUT®°Ê/…ˆÃÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÊV>˜Êœ˜ÞÊLiÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê܅i˜ÊEQ ◯ ◯
HI is ON.
`ÕÃÌÊ>“œÕ˜ÌʜvÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌʜvʅˆ}…ÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃÊLÞʇ£ÓÊ
+Ê q£Ó` H£Ó`

­ä` ®
Hʳ£ÓÊ` °Ê/…ˆÃÊ«>À>“iÌiÀʈÃÊŜܘʜ˜ÞÊ܅i˜Ê̅iÊTYPE ◯ ◯
is set to EQ


HI. When set to HI


CUT, it is not shown.
`ÕÃÌÊ +Ê LœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊ vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊ œvÊ …ˆ}…Ê vÀiµÕi˜VˆiðÊ
xääâH£nŽâ
, +1
9
­n°äŽâ®
This parameter can only be accessed when EQ


 HI is ◯ ◯
ON.
Ê +Ê Ê ˆ``i‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊLœœÃÌÊ
`ÕÃÌÊ>“œÕ˜ÌʜvÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌʜvʓi`ˆÕ“ÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃÊLÞÊ
q£Ó` H£Ó`

­ä` ®
‡£ÓÊHʳ£ÓÊ` °Ê /…ˆÃÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÊV>˜Êœ˜ÞÊLiÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê ◯ ◯
܅i˜Ê +Ê ʈÃʜ˜°Ê
`ÕÃÌÊ +ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊvÀiµÕi˜VÞʜvʓi`ˆÕ“ÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiðÊ
{äâH£nŽâ
+Ê , +1
9
­£°äŽâ®
This parameter can only be accessed when EQ


MID is ◯ ◯
on.
Adjust the width of the medium frequency band af-
ä°£HÓ°ä
+
­ä°x®
fected. This parameter can only be accessed when EQ ◯ ◯
MID is on.
Ê +Ê"7Ê œÜ‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊ
-iÌÊ܅i̅iÀÊ̜ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊ̅iʏœÜ‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊ­EQ
+Ê"]Ê"Ê
1/ LO®Ê œÀÊ Vi>ÀÞÊ VÕÌÊ Õ˜˜iViÃÃ>ÀÞÊ œÜÊ vÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃÊ ­LO
/9*
­ +Ê"® CUT®°Ê/…ˆÃÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÊV>˜Êœ˜ÞÊLiÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê܅i˜Ê +Ê ◯ ◯
LO is on.
+Ê" q£Ó` H£Ó`
`ÕÃÌÊ>“œÕ˜ÌʜvÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌʜvʏœÜÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃÊLÞʇ£ÓÊ

­ä` ®
H³£ÓÊ` °Ê/…ˆÃÊ«>À>“iÌiÀʈÃÊŜܘʜ˜ÞÊ܅i˜Ê̅iÊTYPE ◯ ◯
is set to EQ


LO. When set to LO


CUT, it is not shown.
{äâH£°ÈŽâ `ÕÃÌÊ +ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊvÀiµÕi˜VÞʜvʏœÜÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiðÊ/…ˆÃÊ
, +1
9
­£Óxâ® parameter can only be accessed when EQ


LO is on. ◯ ◯
Send-return effect levels
, 6 , äH£ää Adjust the signal level sent from the track to the reverb
, 6Ê- - Ê 6  ­ä® effect. ◯ ◯

",1-É
äH£ää `ÕÃÌÊ̅iÊÈ}˜>ÊiÛiÊÃi˜ÌÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ̜Ê̅iÊV…œÀÕÃÉ

"Ê- 9Ê- Ê
­ä® delay effect. ◯ ◯
 6 

äH£ÓÇ
 ,  ,
­£ää®
Adjust the current volume. ◯ ◯ ◯
"˜É"vv -܈ÌV…Ê œ˜ÉœvvÊ ÌœÊ ÃiÌÊ Ì…iÊ ÃÌiÀiœÊ ˆ˜ŽÊ v՘V̈œ˜Ê ̅>ÌÊ
-/Ê  -/ , "Ê 
­"vv® Vœ˜˜iVÌÃÊÌܜʓœ˜œÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ̜}i̅iÀ°Ê­,iv°Ê*°Óä® ◯ ◯
"˜É"vv Set whether the phase of a track is inverted or not. Set
 6 ,/  6 ,/
­"vv® it to Off to use normal phase or ON to invert the phase. ◯ ◯

NOTE
UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊON/OFF soft key to turn EQ


HI, EQ


MID,
EQ


 LO, REV


 SEND, CHO


 SEND and INVERT
«>À>“iÌiÀÃÊ" É"°Ê
UÊ 7…i˜Ê>ÊÃÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊˆÃÊ" ]Ê̅iÊINVERT parameter
is shown as INVERT


 L for the odd odd track,
and as INVERT


R for the even track.

41
42
Mix down/Bounce

Combine multiple tracks into 1–2 tracks


œÕ˜ViÊ̜ÊVœ“Lˆ˜iʓՏ̈«iÊÌÀ>VŽÃʈ˜ÌœÊœ˜iʘiÜʓœ˜œÊœÀÊÃÌiÀiœÊwiʈ˜Ê̅iÊÃ>“iÊ«ÀœiVÌ°
Combine multiple tracks into 1–2 tracks

Bounce destination track settings Bounce (preparation)


PROJECT>REC>BOUNCE TR

Start from the Top Screen


1 Select the bounce source tracks (set
each track to play back).

1 Press
Press 1–2 times until
indicator lights green

2 Select REC. Playback-ready


when green
Change menu

2 Select bounce destination track(s).


Press 1-2 times until
the track light turns red.
Press
When red, recording

3 Select BOUNCE


TR. is possible

Change menu

HINT
To include the signal of the track that is
overwritten by the bounce in the bounce. UÊ º œÕ˜Vˆ˜}»Ê “i>˜ÃÊ Vœ“Lˆ˜ˆ˜}Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ `>Ì>Ê vÀœ“Ê
ÃiÛiÀ>Ê ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>˜`ÊwiÃÊ Ìœ}i̅iÀÊ ˆ˜ÌœÊœ˜iÊÃÌiÀiœÊ
œÀʓœ˜œÊwi°Ê

4 Select Play. Ê /…ˆÃʈÃÊ>ÃœÊV>i`ʺ«ˆ˜}‡«œ˜}ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}°»

Change
setting

"/5.#%42BOUNCEDESTINATIONTRACK

Setting UÊ /œÊ >ÃœÊ «>ÞÊ ­>˜`Ê ˆ˜VÕ`iÊ ˆ˜Ê ̅iÊ LœÕ˜Vi®Ê ̅iÊ
Mute the bounce destination track signal of the bounce destination track, set
Mute
­`iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi® BOUNCE


 TR to PlayÊ >ÃÊ `iÃVÀˆLi`Ê ˆ˜Ê -Ìi«Ê {Ê œvÊ
Play Play bounce destination track ¸ œÕ˜ViÊ`iÃ̈˜>̈œ˜ÊÌÀ>VŽÊÃiÌ̈˜}ø°
UÊ ʘiÜÊwiÊ܈ÊLiÊVÀi>Ìi`ʈ˜Ê̅iÊÃ>“iÊ«ÀœiVÌ°Ê
UÊ vÊޜÕÊÃiÌÊ̅iÊLœÕ˜ViÊ`iÃ̈˜>̈œ˜Ê̜Ê>ʓœ˜œÊÌÀ>VŽ]Ê

5
the recorded signals are mixed to mono. If set
Return to the start of the project. to a stereo linked pair of tracks, the recorded
signals will be mixed to stereo.

43
"/5.#%02/*%#42%#3%44).'"/5.#%
Bouncing Adjust the mix balance (audition)

3 Press beneath . 1 Press to start playback.

BOUNCE


ON appears on the
display
Adjust the mix balance, including level,
2 volume, pan and EQ settings, for each
track.

Red Make sure that


Note: Press the BOUNCE soft key again to
̅iÊÀi`Ê­äÊ` ®Ê
cancel bounce mode. Orange indicator does
not light on the
Green MASTER level
meter.

4
Green

Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning.
3 Press to stop.

5 Press in order to
start recording.
Lit red Lit green

6 Press to stop recording.


Playback the track after bouncing

1 Enable playback of the bounce destina-


tion tracks.
Press 1–2 times until
indicator lights green

Playback-ready
when green

2 Disable playback of the bounce source


tracks.
Press 1–2 times until
unlit
Muted when unlit

NOTE
UÊ This operation can be undone by pressing the 3 Press and hold and press
UNDO soft key. to return to the beginning.
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ LœÕ˜Viʈ˜ÊÃÌiÀiœÊ̜ÊÌÜœÊ “œ˜œÊ ÌÀ>VŽÃ]Ê Ì…iÊ

4
«>˜ÊœvÊ̅iʜ``ʘՓLiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊ܈ÊLiÊÃiÌÊ̜Ê£ää]Ê
>˜`Ê̅iÊiÛi˜Ê˜Õ“LiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊ܈ÊLiÊÃiÌÊ̜Ê,£ää°Ê Press to start playback.

44
Mix down/Bounce

Using a mastering effect


1ÃiÊ>ʓ>ÃÌiÀˆ˜}Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“Ê>ÃÊ>˜Êˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌʜ˜Ê̅iʓ>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊLivœÀiÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̜Ê
process the mix down.
Using a mastering effect

Insert an insert effect before the


MASTER fader

1 Press

2 Selectt ON/OFF and set it to On.


Change menu NOTE
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ̅iÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ ivviVÌÊ ˆÃÊ >««ˆi`Ê LivœÀiÊ Ì…iÊ
MASTER fader in advance, the insert effect cannot
also be applied to tracks, either during recording
or playback.
Change UÊ ÌÊÃÌi«Êx]ʈvÊޜÕʘœÌˆViÊ`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜ÊLiV>ÕÃiʜvÊ̅iÊ
setting
mastering effect, check the sound of the play-

3 Select ALGORITHM and set it to


Mastering.
back tracks by lowering their faders. (If a track
Ü՘`ʈÃÊ`ˆÃ̜ÀÌi`]Ê>`ÕÃÌÊ̅>ÌÊÌÀ>VŽ°®
UÊ 9œ Õ Ê V > ˜ Ê Ã i  i V Ì Ê S t e r e o , D u a l , M i c o r
Change menu
Mastering algorithms. If you set another algo-
rithm, the insert position changes to the inputs.

Change
setting

4 Select INPUT


SRC and set it to Master. HINT
9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÃiiVÌÊ>Ê-/ , Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“Ê̜ʫÀœ-
Change menu
cess a stereo mix.

Recording signal flow to the master track

Change
setting

5 Select PATCH and set it.


Change menu

Change
Select a patch while playing the project. setting
(Listen to the effect that the patch has on
̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊ>˜`ÊV…œœÃiʜ˜iÊޜÕʏˆŽi°®

6 Press

45
Mix down/Bounce

Recording to the master track


,iVœÀ`Ê>ʸw˜>¸ÊÃÌiÀiœÊ“ˆÝÊ>ÃÊ>ʓˆÝÊ`œÜ˜Êœ˜Ê̅iÊMASTER track.
Signals are sent to the master track after passing through the MASTER fader.

Recording to the master track


Recording to the MASTER track
Play the master track

Prepare by adjusting the signal levels. 1 Press the MASTER


status key 1-2 times
until the indicator

1 Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning.
lights green.
Playback-ready when green
œˆ˜}Ê̅ˆÃʓÕÌiÃÊ>ÊœÌ…iÀÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>˜`Ê`ˆÃ>LiÃÊ>ÊivviVÌð

Then, press to start playback,


and adjust the levels of each track. 2 Press and hold and press

2
to return to the beginning.
Adjust the level of the signal that
passes through the master fader.
Red Make sure that Press to start playback.
̅iÊÀi`Ê­äÊ` ®Ê
Orange

Green
indicator does
not light on the
MASTER level
3 Press to stop.

meter.
Green Disable MASTER track playback

3 Press to stop. 4 Press the MASTER


status key 1-2 times
until the indicator is
unlit.
Record to the master track 1˜ˆÌʓi>˜ÃʈÌʈÃÊ
Muting of the other tracks is
disabled
canceled and their status lights

4 Press the MASTER become as they were before.


status key 1-2 times
until the indicator HINT
lights red. UÊ >V…Ê«ÀœiVÌÊV>˜Ê…>Ûiʜ˜iÊMASTER track.
When red, recording
is possible
UÊ ÊwiÊV>˜ÊLiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê̅iÊMASTER track.
UÊ vÊޜÕʓˆÝÊ`œÜ˜ÊvÀœ“Ê̅iʓˆ``iʜvÊ>Êܘ}]ʈÌÊ܈Ê

5 Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning.
>Ü>ÞÃÊLiÊÀiVœÀ`i`Ê̜Ê>ʘiÜÊwi°Ê
UÊ ÕÀˆ˜}Ê ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}]Ê ÞœÕÊ V>˜Ê V…iVŽÊ ̅iÊ «>ÞL>VŽÊ
levels of each track and the recording level of the
MASTER track.

6 Press in order to
start recording.
UÊ /…iÊ Ãˆ}˜>ÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ …>ÛiÊ «>ÃÃi`Ê Ì…ÀœÕ}…Ê ̅iÊ
MASTER fader are the same as those sent from
the OUTPUT jacks.

7
UÊ /…ˆÃÊ œ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê V>˜Ê LiÊ Õ˜`œ˜iÊ LÞÊ «ÀiÃȘ}Ê Ì…iÊ
Press to stop. UNDO soft key.
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜ÊÕÃiÊ̅iʓiÌÀœ˜œ“iÊ`ÕÀˆ˜}Ê«>ÞL>VŽ°

NOTE
The settings of the pan, balance, insert and send-
return effects of each track affect the signals sent to ☞ ,iv\Ê-iµÕi˜Ìˆ>Ê«>ÞL>VŽÊœv
projects P97
the MASTER track.

46
Sampler functions

Using the sampler to make songs


1ÃiÊ̅iÊÃ>“«iÀÊv՘V̈œ˜ÃʜvÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜Êi>ȏÞÊVÀi>ÌiÊL>VŽˆ˜}ÊÌÀ>VŽÃ]ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÀÌÃÊ>˜`Ê
other basic tracks that have high sound quality. These features can be used to make a wide
Using the sampler to make songs

variety of music, from demo songs to produced recordings.

1 Make a loop to provide the basic rhythm


of the entire song. 5 After you have determined the structure
of the song, create the sequence (loop
performance data for the entire song).
You can assign a rhythm made with
loops and the unit's rhythm functions to
A sequence can be input by playing the
a track (pad) and set it to loop. You can
«>`ÃÊ >œ˜}Ê ÜˆÌ…Ê >Ê À…Þ̅“Ê ­VˆVŽ®Ê ˆ˜Ê Ài>Ê
develop a vision for an entire song by
̈“iʜÀÊÃÌi«ÊLÞÊÃÌi«Ê­ÃÌi«Êˆ˜«ÕÌ®°Ê œˆ˜}Ê
selecting drum loops, for example, and
this, you can complete the basic tracks,
other materials that inspire you.
including backing parts and the rhythm
for an entire song.

☞ ,iv\ÊÃÈ}˜ˆ˜}ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊÊ
Loop settings
P49 ☞ ,iv\Ê
Ài>̈˜}Ê>ÊÃiµÕi˜Vi P53
P50

2 As you listen to the rhythm loop that you


prepared, record guitar, bass, keyboard
and other instruments to create more
6 Record vocals, guitar solos and other
parts as you listen to the sequence.

loop materials.
,iVœÀ`Ê̅iʓ>ˆ˜ÊۜV>ÃÊ>˜`ʈ˜ÃÌÀՓi˜ÌÃÊÊ
ii«Ê ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê Õ˜ÌˆÊ ޜÕÊ >ÀiÊ Ã>̈Ãvˆi`Ê in time with the basic tracks.
with the performance of the riff, backing
part or other musical phrase. You can
loop only the parts of the recordings that
you like.

☞ ,iv\Êœœ«ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ P50

3 Repeat step 2 to record other phrases


to use as loops.

Prepare all the phrases that are


necessary to make your song.

4 When the loops are ready, play them


with the pads and think about the
structure of the entire song.

Play the pads with the rhythm and think


about the flow of the entire song and
how to put the loop materials together.

☞ ,iv\Ê*>ވ˜}Ê̅iÊ«>`à P52

47
Sampler functions

Overview of sampler functions


7ˆÌ…Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃÈ}˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊvˆiÃÊ>˜`ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃ]Ê܅ˆV…ÊV>˜Ê̅i˜ÊLiÊ«>Þi`Ê
back and played in real time using the pads.

Overview of sampler functions


The following settings can be made related to A sequence can be input by playing the pads
playing the pads. >œ˜}Ê܈̅Ê>ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê­VˆVŽ®Êˆ˜ÊÀi>Ê̈“iʜÀÊÃÌi«Ê
UÊ*>`Ê«>ÞL>VŽÊÌÞ«ià LÞÊÃÌi«Ê­ÃÌi«Êˆ˜«ÕÌ®°
UʏœL>ÊµÕ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜Ê̜ÊvˆÝÊ̈“ˆ˜}ÊiÀÀœÀà >ÀÃÊ>˜`ÊLi>ÌÃÊV>˜ÊLiʈ˜ÃiÀÌi`Ê>˜`Ê`iiÌi`]Ê
and the time signature can also be changed.
9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÃiÌÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜ʏœœ«Ê>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊvˆiÊ
assigned to a track. The starting point and Audio files assigned to tracks can also
length of a loop can be set. be altered, including by changing their
tempo without changing the pitch, deleting
In addition, audio files and rhythm patterns that unnecessary parts, applying fade-ins and
have been assigned to tracks and set to loop v>`i‡œÕÌÃÊ>˜`ÊV…>˜}ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊÌi“«œÊ­ *®°Ê
can be used to create a sequence, including
backing parts and rhythms for an entire song.

48
Sampler functions

Assigning tracks
To use the sampler function, first assign audio files and rhythm patterns to tracks.
In this example, we explain how to assign loops stored on the USB memory.
Assigning tracks

To add loops to the USB memory, use the STORAGE>INIT option from the USB menu and then put loops into
the folder ZOOM_R24/LOOP (Ref. P109).

1 Press
NOTE
UÊ /œÊœ>`Ê>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiÊvÀœ“Ê>˜œÌ…iÀÊ«ÀœiVÌ]ÊÃiiVÌÊ
OTHER


 PRJʈ˜ÊÃÌi«Ê{°ÊÀœ“ÊPROJECT, select the

2 Select the track to assign. project that contains the file. Then, from NEXT,
ÃiiVÌÊ̅iÊwi°Ê
…>˜}iÊ̅iÊwiʘ>“iʈvʘiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊ
Select track
before loading it.
UÊ ˜Ê >Ê ˜iÜÊ «ÀœiVÌ]Ê Ì…iÊ *Ê ­Ìi“«œ®Ê œvÊ Ì…iÊ vˆÀÃÌÊ
>Õ`ˆœÊwiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽÊÃiÌÃÊ̅iÊ *ʜvÊ̅iÊ
project.
UÊ ˜Ê ̅iÊ LOOP[USB] menu, you can see the files
ˆ˜Ê ̅iÊ <""Ú,Ó{É""*Ê vœ`iÀÊ œ˜Ê ̅iÊ 1- Ê
“i“œÀÞ°Ê /œÊ ÕÃiÊ >Ê ˜iÜÊ 1- Ê “i“œÀÞÊ `iۈVi]Ê

3 Select TAKE.
Change menu
create a folder with the same name on the
“i“œÀÞÊÕȘ}Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ­,iv°Ê*£ä™®]ʜÀÊÕÃiÊ̅iÊ
STORAGE€INIT option from the USB menu, and
then put loops into the folder.
ÊUÊvÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ʓՏ̈«iÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ
and played back simultaneously, or patterns with
numerous note-on events are played, they might
not all play as expected due to the maximum
Press polyphony limitation of the unit.
UÊ ˜ÊÃÌi«ÊÓ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÃiiVÌÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊLÞÊ«ÀiÃȘ}Ê
their status keys.

4 Select LOOP[USB].
Change menu

&),% Audio files in the current project HINT


0!44%2. ,…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ «>ÞÊ >Õ`ˆœÊ wiÃÊ >˜`Ê À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ
as you select them.
LOOP[USB] œœ«Ãʜ˜Ê̅iÊ1- ʓi“œÀÞ

/4(%202* Audio files in other projects


Start playback
Press
Stop playback

5 Select a loop.
Select file

Press

49
Sampler functions

Loop settings
Make loop settings separately for each track.
Turn loops ON and set their starting points and lengths.

Loop settings
Setting tracks to loop NOTE
Turn loops ON and OFF for each track. UÊ /…iÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃʎiÞʈ˜`ˆV>̜ÀʜvÊ>ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ܈̅ÊLOOP set
ON lights orange instead of green when enabled
for playback. Moreover, a track with LOOP set ON

1
cannot be used to record (the indicator will not
Press LiʏˆÌÊÀi`®°Ê˜Ê>``ˆÌˆœ˜]Ê̅iÊvœœÜˆ˜}Êv՘V̈œ˜ÃÊV>˜Ê
be used when a track has LOOP set ON.
- The pad can be used to trigger the loop.
- Pressing the PLAY key starts loop playback.

2 Select the track to be looped. - Sequence data can be recorded.


UÊ 7…i˜Ê>ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÊˆÃÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽ]ʈÌÊ
Select track cannot be set to loop.
UÊ ˜ÊÃÌi«ÊÓ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÃiiVÌÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊLÞÊ«ÀiÃȘ}Ê
their status keys.

3 Select LOOP.

Change menu

Press

4
Select ON/OFF, and set it to ON to
enable loop playback.

Change menu

Change
setting

50
Sampler functions

Loop settings
Loop settings

Setting the loop interval


The loop interval (starting point and
6 Press beneath
to set the length of the loop.

i˜}̅®Ê V>˜Ê LiÊ ÃiÌÊ vœÀÊ ÌÀ>VŽÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ …>ÛiÊ Length

audio files assigned and LOOP set to ON. Locate

1 Press

Change
length

2 Select the track to be looped.


Select track

HINT
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ÃiÌ̈˜}Ê Ì…iÊ œœ«Ê ÃÌ>À̈˜}Ê «œˆ˜ÌÊ >˜`Ê i˜}̅Ê
you can switch between the POSI and LENGTH
soft keys.

3
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ «>ÞÊ Ì…iÊ >Õ`ˆœÊ vˆiÊ Ì…>ÌÊ ÞœÕÊ >ÀiÊ
Select LOOP.
setting.
Change menu
Start playback

Stop playback

Press Fast forward

4 Select POSITION. Rewind

Change menu

:OOMINGINONTHEWAVEFORM
When setting the loop starting point and
length, you can zoom in on the waveform
Press ̅>ÌÊ ˆÃÊ `ˆÃ«>Þi`°Ê <œœ“ˆ˜}Ê Õ«Ê ÌœÊ ÎÓÝÊ ˆÃÊ
possible.

5 Set the loop starting point.


Starting point
Locate
Press beneath to zoom.

Change
zoom

Change starting
point

51
Sampler functions

Playing the pads


*ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊ«>`ÊLi˜i>̅Ê>Êv>`iÀÊ̜ʫ>ÞÊ̅iÊ>Õ`ˆœÊwiʜÀÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê̅>ÌÊÌÀ>VŽ°Ê

Playing the pads


1 Press a pad 3ETGLOBALQUANTIZATION
The unit can be set to correct timing
errors when playing the pads or inputting
sequence data in real time so that
Press a pad while holding
sounds are aligned with bars and beats.
REPEAT/STOP to enable loop
playback (if PAD is set to

1
1Shot). Move the cursor to the global quantiza-
tion display area and adjust the setting.

Press a pad again while Move cursor


holding REPEAT/STOP to stop
loop playback.

Setting the playback method œL>ÊµÕ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜Ê Change


setting
Set how the pads function when played.
'LOBALQUANTIZATION
Settings

1 Press
8Bars, 4Bars,
2Bars, 1Bar (default nÊL>ÀÃ]Ê{ÊL>ÀÃ]ÊÓÊL>ÀÃ]Ê£ÊL>ÀÊ
value)
1/2, 1/2T, Half-note, half-note triplet,
1/4, 1/4T, quarter-note, quarter-note triplet,
1/8, 1/8T, eigth-note, eigth-note triplet,

2
 4 sixteenth-note, sixteenth-note
Select PAD and set the playback  triplet, thirty-second note
method. (I £Ê̈VŽÊ­£É{nʜvÊ>ʵÕ>ÀÌiÀ‡˜œÌi®
Change menu

Change
setting NOTE
PAD: playback method
UÊ 7…i˜ÊޜÕÊ«ÀiÃÃÊ>Ê«>`]Ê̅iÊÜ՘`Ê܈ÊLiÊ`i>Þi`Ê
Setting until it is in time with the set quantization (bar,
Repeat Play loop repeatedly ˜œÌi®°Ê
Gate
Stop playback as soon as the pad is UÊ /…iÊ«>`ÊLˆ˜ŽÃÊ`ÕÀˆ˜}Ê«>ÞL>VŽ°Ê
released UÊ 7…i˜Ê ޜÕÊ Ã̜«Ê «>ÞL>VŽ]Ê Ì…iÊ œ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê ˆÃÊ
Play the file once completely even if delayed until it is in time with the set quantization
1Shot
the pad is released
­L>À]ʘœÌi®°Ê

52
Sampler functions

Creating a sequence
ÃÈ}˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiÃÊ>˜`ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>˜`ÊÃiÌÊ̅iˆÀÊLOOP settings to ON. Combine them to create
L>VŽˆ˜}Ê«>ÀÌÃ]ÊÀ…Þ̅“ÃÊ>˜`ʜ̅iÀÊ`>Ì>Ê­ÃiµÕi˜ViÊ`>Ì>®ÊvœÀÊ>˜Êi˜ÌˆÀiÊÌÀ>VŽ°ÊÊÃiµÕi˜ViÊV>˜ÊLiÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê܈̅Ê
Creating a sequence

real-time input or step input.


Create a sequence with real-time
input
5 To delete input, press and hold
beneath . Data that has
already been input for a track will
With real-time input, you can create a be deleted while its pad is being
sequence by playing the pads in time pressed.
܈̅Ê̅iÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê­“iÌÀœ˜œ“i®°Ê

1 Press
6 Press to end input.

2 Select TRK


SEQ.

Change menu
NOTE
UÊ vÊޜÕÀÊ̈“ˆ˜}ʈÃÊψ}…̏Þʜvv]ʈÌÊ܈ÊLiÊVœÀÀiVÌi`ʈ˜Ê
accordance with the quantize setting
UÊ Ê “iÌÀœ˜œ“iÊ «Ài‡VœÕ˜ÌÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ LiÊ ÃiÌÊ ­,iv°Ê
*ÎÈ®°

Press

3 Start real-time input by pressing and

holding and pressing .

4 Play the pads in time with the rhythm to


input data.

53
Creating a sequence
Create a sequence using step
input
5 Press a pad to input that pad's data at
that position.

Or, press ENTER to input the data of that


A sequence can be created one step at track at that position.
a time using step input.

1 Press

2 Select TRK


SEQ.
Change menu

Note-on

Press
Length of loop or rhythm pattern

3 Start step input.

Press 6 To delete input, press beneath


to delete data at that
position.

7 Press to end input.

4 Move the cursor to the position where


you want to input or delete data.
Move cursor

Cursor

>ÀÊVÕÀÜÀÊ

Go back 1 step

Go forward 1 step

Press beneath or
to change the length of one
step to a bar, beat or 16th note.

54
Sampler functions

Creating a sequence
Creating a sequence

Deleting data
When using step input, you can delete
data before and after the cursor position 5 Select EXECUTE.

Change menu
together.

1 Move the cursor to the position of data


that you want to delete.
Move cursor

Press

Go back 1 step

Go forward 1 step

2 Press beneath .

3 Select DEL


EVENT.

Change menu

Press

4
Select MODE and set it to Before or
After to delete data to the left or right
of the cursor.

Change menu

Change setting

55
Sampler functions

Editing a sequence
When creating a sequence by step input, you can insert and delete beats.
You can also change the time signature.

Editing a sequence
Inserting and deleting beats
5 Select INS


BEAT to insert beats or DEL



BEAT to delete beats.
When using step input for a sequence,
Change menu
you can insert and delete beats.
You can insert and delete a number of
beats that differ from the project time
signature, changing the time signature
for only that part.

1 Start step input.

Press
Press

6
Select BEAT and set the number of
beats that you want to insert or delete.

Change menu

2 Press beneath or
to change the length of one step.
Change
setting

7 Select SIGNATURE and set it to No to


not change the time signature or Add to
change the time signature.

3
Change menu
Move the cursor to the position where
you want to insert or delete beats.

Move cursor

Change
setting

Go back 1 step 8 Select EXECUTE.

Change menu

Go forward 1 step

4 Press beneath . Press

56
Sampler functions

Editing a sequence
Editing a sequence

NOTE
UÊ 7…i˜ÊޜÕʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊLi>ÌÃ]Ê̅iÊÜ՘`Ãʜvʏœœ«ÃÊ>˜`Ê UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ œÀÊ `iiÌiÊ Li>ÌÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ `ˆvviÀÊ vÀœ“Ê ̅iÊ
wiÃÊ«>ވ˜}ÊL>VŽÊ܈ÊLiÊVÕÌÊ>ÌÊ̅>ÌÊ«œˆ˜Ì°Ê set time signature, the time signature for that part
might change depending on the SIGNATURE
setting.
One beat inserted here
1 3 5
3)'.!452%TIMESIGNATURESETTING
Setting
The time signature does not change. The beats are
.O
shifted by the amount inserted or deleted.
UÊ vÊޜÕʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊLi>ÌÃ]Ê̅iÊ̈“iÊÈ}˜>ÌÕÀiʜvÊ̅iÊL>ÀÊ
Note-on that contains the last inserted beat will change.
1 3 5 Loop or file length Ê œÀÊiÝ>“«i]ʈvÊÎÊLi>ÌÃÊ>Àiʈ˜ÃiÀÌi`ʈ˜ÌœÊ>Êܘ}Ê
܈̅Ê>Ê{É{Ê̈“iÊÈ}˜>ÌÕÀi]Ê̅iÊL>ÀÊ܅iÀiÊ̅iÊÎÀ`Ê
Li>ÌʈÃÊ>``i`Ê܈ÊLiVœ“iÊÇÉ{°Ê
4/4
1 2 3 4

Three beats
inserted here
UÊ 7…i˜ÊޜÕÊ`iiÌiÊLi>ÌÃ]Ê̅iÊÜ՘`Ãʜvʏœœ«ÃÊ>˜`Ê
4/4 7/4 4/4
wiÃÊ«>ވ˜}ÊL>VŽÊ>ÌÊ̅>ÌÊ̈“iÊ܈ÊLiVœ“iÊŜÀÌiÀÊ 1 2 3 4
by the same amount.

UÊ vÊޜÕÊ`iiÌiÊLi>ÌÃ]Ê̅iÊ̈“iÊÈ}˜>ÌÕÀiʜvÊ̅iÊL>ÀÊ
One beat deleted here
Add that they are deleted from will change.
1 3 5 Ê œÀÊiÝ>“«i]ʈvÊÎÊLi>ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ`iiÌi`ÊvÀœ“Ê>Êܘ}Ê
܈̅Ê>Ê{É{Ê̈“iÊÈ}˜>ÌÕÀi]Ê̅>ÌÊL>ÀÊ܈ÊLiVœ“iÊ
xÉ{°Ê
4/4
1 2 3 4

Note-on
Three beats
1 3 5 Loop or file length deleted here

5/4 4/4
1 2 3 4

UÊ /…iÊ̈“iÊÈ}˜>ÌÕÀiʜvʜ˜ÞÊ£ÊL>ÀÊV…>˜}iÃ]Ê̈“iÊ
signatures of other bars do not change.

57
Editing a sequence
Changing the time signature Delete an inserted time signature

ÕÀˆ˜}Ê ÃÌi«Ê ˆ˜«ÕÌÊ œvÊ >Ê ÃiµÕi˜Vi]Ê ÞœÕÊ


can also change the time signature. 1 Move the cursor to the position where
you want to delete the time signature

1 Start step input.

Press

Go back 1 step

Go forward 1 step

2 Move to the time signature

2 Move the cursor to the position where indication area.


Move cursor
you want to change the time signature.
ˆ˜ŽÃÊ

Go back 1 step
3 Press beneath .

Go forward 1 step

3
Move to the time signature indication
area, and change the setting

Move cursor
ˆ˜ŽÃÊ

Change setting

Changing the time signature


Setting range
1/4~8/4 Time signature

58
Sampler functions

Playing back a sequence


1ÃiÊ̅iÊvœœÜˆ˜}Ê«ÀœVi`ÕÀiÃÊ̜ʫ>ÞÊL>VŽÊ̅iÊÃiµÕi˜ViÊ̅>ÌÊޜÕʓ>`i°Ê
Playing back a sequence

Playback from the sequencer Playback from the Top Screen

1 Press 1 Press beneath


track sequence ON/OFF.
to turn the

2 Select TRK


SEQ.
Change menu

Press
2 Press

3 Press

Track sequencer ON

Press to stop

Press to stop
Press to fast forward

Press to rewind
Press and hold and press
to return to the beginning.

Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning.

59
Sampler functions

Changing the BPM


/…iÊ *ʜvÊi>V…ÊÌÀ>VŽÊˆÃÊ>Õ̜“>̈V>ÞÊV>VՏ>Ìi`Ê܅i˜Ê>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiʈÃÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ʈ̰Ê
i«i˜`ˆ˜}ʜ˜Ê̅iʓ>ÌiÀˆ>]ʅœÜiÛiÀ]Ê̅iÊV>VՏ>Ìi`ÊÀiÃՏÌʓˆ}…ÌÊ`ˆvviÀÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊ>VÌÕ>Ê *°Ê

Changing the BPM


vÊ̅ˆÃʜVVÕÀÃ]ÊÕÃiÊ̅iÊvœœÜˆ˜}Ê«ÀœVi`ÕÀiÃÊ̜Ê>`ÕÃÌÊ̅iÊ *°Ê/…iÊÃiÌÊ *ʈÃÊÕÃi`Ê>ÃÊ̅iÊ
standard tempo when changing the tempo of the audio without changing its pitch.

1 Press NOTE
UÊ *ʈÃÊV>VՏ>Ìi`ÊvœÀÊ>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiÊ>ÃÃՓˆ˜}Ê{É{Ê
time.

2 Select the track where you want to


change the setting.
UÊ 7…i˜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽÊˆÃÊÀiVœÀ`i`]Ê̅iÊVÕÀÀi˜ÌÊ *ÊÛ>ÕiÊ
is used.
Select track

3 Select BPM and change the setting

Change menu

Change
setting

60
Sampler functions

Changing audio tempo without changing pitch


7…i˜Ê>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiʈÃÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊÌi“«œÊœvÊ>Õ`ˆœÊ܈̅œÕÌÊ
V…>˜}ˆ˜}ʈÌÃÊ«ˆÌV…ʭ̈“i‡ÃÌÀiÌV…ˆ˜}®°Ê9œÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ>ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>Ìʜ˜ViʜÀʈ˜`ˆÛˆ`Õ>ÊÌÀ>VŽÃ°Ê
Changing audio tempo without changing pitch

iÊ>Ü>ÀiÊ̅>ÌÊ̅ˆÃʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê܈ÊœÛiÀÜÀˆÌiÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwi°Ê

1 Press 6 Select BPM and the new tempo after


time-stretching.
Change menu

2 To change one track at a time, select a


track.
Change
setting

Select track

7 Select ALGORITHM and set it to the one


most appropriate for the audio file

Change menu

3 Select EDIT.

Change menu
Change
setting

!,'/2)4(-
Setting
Stretching algorithm suitable for
Beat rhythm sources and other sounds
that have short notes
Press Stretching algorithm suitable for
Tone songs and sound sources with long
notes

4 Select STRETCH.

Change menu
8 Select EXECUTE.

Change menu

Press Press

5 Select MODE and set it to Each to


change only the current track or All to
change all the tracks.
9 Select YES.

Move cursor

Change menu

Change
setting

Press

61
Changing audio tempo without changing pitch
NOTE
UÊ STRETCH operations cannot be undone (UNDO®°Ê
UÊ STRETCH operations overwrite the original audio
wiðÊvÊޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊÃ>ÛiÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊwiÃ]ʓ>ŽiÊ
>ÊVœ«ÞʜvÊ̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊ>˜`ÊwiÃÊ ˆ˜Ê>`Û>˜ViÊ­,iv°Ê
*™Î®°
UÊ /…iÊ *Ê œvÊ i>V…Ê ÌÀ>VŽÊ ˆÃÊ >Õ̜“>̈V>ÞÊ V>VÕ-
>Ìi`Ê܅i˜Ê>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiʈÃÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`°Ê i«i˜`ˆ˜}Ê
œ˜Ê̅iÊwiʓ>ÌiÀˆ>]ʅœÜiÛiÀ]Ê̅iÊV>VՏ>Ìi`ÊÀiÃՏÌÊ
“ˆ}…ÌÊ `ˆvviÀÊ vÀœ“Ê ̅iÊ >VÌÕ>Ê *°Ê -iÌÊ Ì…iÊ *Ê
of each track (TRACKʀÊBPM®ÊˆvÊ̅ˆÃʜVVÕÀÃÊ­,iv°Ê
*Èä®°Ê/…iÊÃiÌÊ *ʈÃÊÕÃi`Ê>ÃÊ̅iÊÃÌ>˜`>À`ÊÌi“«œÊ
when changing the tempo without changing the
pitch of the audio..
UÊ /…iÊ Ìi“«œÊ œvÊ >˜Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ vˆiÊ V>˜Ê LiÊ ÃiÌÊ ÌœÊ vÀœ“Ê
xä¯H£xä¯ÊœvÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>°ÊvÊ̅iÊÃÌÀiÌV…i`ÊÌi“«œÊ
value is outside this range, an error message
>««i>ÀÃ]ʸ/,
Ê8ʈÃʜÕÌʜvÊ̅iÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÊÀ>˜}i¸Ê­8Ê
ˆÃÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ˜Õ“LiÀ®Ê>˜`ÊÃÌÀiÌV…ˆ˜}ʈÃÊÃ̜««i`°Ê
UÊ vÊ >Ê À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê ˆÃÊ >ÃÈ}˜i`Ê ÌœÊ >Ê ÌÀ>VŽ]Ê Ì…iÊ
À…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÊÃVÀii˜Êœ«i˜ÃÊ>vÌiÀÊ-Ìi«ÊΰÊ

HINT
You can listen to a preview of the results of time-
stretching for individual tracks.

Press to play the preview

Press to stop the preview

62
Sampler functions

Trimming unnecessary parts of audio files


ÞÊÌÀˆ““ˆ˜}]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê`iiÌiÊ>Õ`ˆœÊ`>Ì>Ê̅>ÌʈÃʜÕÌÈ`iÊLœÕ˜`ÃÊ̅>ÌÊޜÕÊÃiÌÊ̜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ
ÃÌ>À̈˜}Ê>˜`ÊÃ̜««ˆ˜}Ê«œˆ˜ÌÃʜvÊ̅iÊwi°Ê/…ˆÃʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÊœÛiÀÜÀˆÌiÃÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwi°Ê
Trimming unnecessary parts of audio files

1 Press 7 Press beneath .

2 Select the track that you want to trim.


8 Select YES.
Move cursor

Select track

Press

3 Select EDIT.
Change menu
NOTE
UÊ /…iÊTRIM operation cannot be undone (UNDO®°Ê
UÊ /…iÊTRIMʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÊœÛiÀÜÀˆÌiÃÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>Êwi°ÊvÊ
ޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊÃ>ÛiÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊwiÃ]ʓ>ŽiÊ>ÊVœ«ÞÊ
œvÊ̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊ>˜`ÊwiÃʈ˜Ê>`Û>˜ViÊ­,iv°Ê*™Î®°
UÊ vÊ >Ê À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê ˆÃÊ >ÃÈ}˜i`Ê ÌœÊ >Ê ÌÀ>VŽ]Ê Ì…iÊ
Press
À…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÊÃVÀii˜Êœ«i˜ÃÊ>vÌiÀÊ-Ìi«ÊΰÊ

4 Select TRIM.
Change menu

HINT
UÊ /…iÊ ÌÀˆ“Ê ÃÌ>À̈˜}Ê >˜`Ê i˜`ˆ˜}Ê «œˆ˜ÌÃÊ V>˜Ê LiÊ
adjusted alternately by using the START and END
Press soft keys.
UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊZOOM soft key to view the waveform more

5 Set the starting point closely.


UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊ«>ÞÊ̅iÊ>Õ`ˆœÊwiÊ܅ˆiÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʈÌÃÊ
Locate
starting and ending points.

Change Start playback


setting

6 Press beneath
set the ending position.
to
Stop playback

Fast forward
Locate

Rewind

Change Return to starting point


setting

63
Sampler functions

Setting fade-ins and fade-outs


7…i˜Ê«>ވ˜}ʘœÀ“>Ê>Õ`ˆœÊwiÃ]ÊŜÀÌÊv>`i‡ˆ˜ÃÊ>˜`Êv>`i‡œÕÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ>««ˆi`Ê̜Ê̅iˆÀÊ
beginnings and ends. You can turn these off, however, for rhythm tracks and other sounds

Setting fade-ins and fade-outs


where the attack is important.

1 Press

2 Select the track for which you want to


change the fade settings.
Select track

3 Select FADE and set it to Off if you


want to disable it.

Change menu

Change
setting

64
Rhythm functions

Overview of rhythm functions


7ˆÌ…Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÃiiVÌÊ>Ê«Ài‡ˆ˜ÃÌ>i`ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê̅>ÌÊޜÕʏˆŽiÊ>˜`Ê«>ÞÊ>œ˜}°Ê
You can also add accents in real-time as you play the pads.
Overview of rhythm functions

The following settings related to playing the The following operations can be conducted on
rhythms can be made. rhythm patterns.

…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ`ÀՓʎˆÌÊ>˜`Ê«>`ÊÜ՘`à UÊ
œ«ÞÊ«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê
UÊ-iÌÊ«>`ÃÊ̜ÊÀœÊ­Žii«Ê«>ވ˜}Ê܅ˆiÊ«ÀiÃÃi`® UÊ iiÌiÊ«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê
UÊ-iÌÊ«>`ÊÃi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞ UÊ
…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê˜>“i
UÊ“«œÀÌÊ>Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÊvÀœ“Ê>˜œÌ…iÀÊ«ÀœiVÌÊ
Moreover, you can create original rhythm pat- UÊ
…iVŽÊÀi“>ˆ˜ˆ˜}Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê“i“œÀÞ
ÌiÀ˜ÃÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊ,Ó{°Ê
*>ÞÊ̅iÊ«>`ÃÊ>œ˜}Ê܈̅Ê>ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê­VˆVŽ®Ê>˜`Ê
input data in real-time or input one note at a
time using step input.

The following settings can be made for rhythm


patterns.
UÊ Õ“LiÀʜvÊL>ÀÃʭ܅i˜ÊVÀi>̈˜}Ê>ʘiÜʜ˜i®
UÊ/ˆ“iÊÈ}˜>ÌÕÀiʭ܅i˜ÊVÀi>̈˜}Ê>ʘiÜʜ˜i®
UÊ6œÕ“iÊ
UÊ+Õ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜
UÊ ÀՓʎˆÌÊÃÌiÀiœÊ«œÃˆÌˆœ˜Ã
UÊ ÀՓʎˆÌÊÜ՘`Ã

65
Rhythm functions

Playing rhythm patterns

Playing rhythm patterns


Selecting a rhythm pattern Selecting the drum kit
Select a rhythm pattern and play it. Select the drum kit sounds.

1 Press 1 Press beneath .

2 Select the rhythm pattern.

Select pattern

,…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê˜>“iÊ

3 Press to play 2 Select the drum kit.

Select kit

Press to stop

Press and hold and press


to return to the beginning. Press

HINT NOTE
You can change the pattern order. The drum kit setting is saved with each project.
Press the A-Z soft key to list the patterns in
alphabetical order.
Press the No. soft key to list the patterns in
numerical order.

66
Rhythm functions

Playing pad sounds


You can add accents in real-time as you play the pads below the track faders.
Playing pad sounds

1 Press 3 Press and hold REPEAT/STOP,


and press the pad to roll.

2
If you release REPEAT/STOP before the pad,
Play the pads that sound continues rolling after the pad is
released. Press the pad again to stop the roll.

Switch banks Pad sensitivity


You can change the sounds of the pads. Set the pad sensitivity. You can set pads
to respond to playing strength or to
trigger sounds at a consistent volume
Press 1-8Tr to use the bank of drum kit regardless of how hard they are played.

1
sounds, and press 9-16Tr to use the
bank of percussion sounds. Press

2
Drum rolls (continuous playback) Select SYSTEM.
Change menu
You can set a pad sound to play at a set
interval repeatedly while pressed.
This is convenient when entering hi-hat
£È̅ʘœÌiÃ]ÊvœÀÊiÝ>“«i°Ê

1 Press beneath . Press

3 Select PAD


SENSE and set it.
Change menu

2
Select PAD


ROLL and set the repeat
rate. Change setting
Change menu
0!$3%.3%PADSENSITIVITY
Setting
,i}>À`iÃÃʜvÊ«>ވ˜}ÊÃÌÀi˜}̅]ÊÜ՘`ÃÊ
Soft
are triggered with a soft volume.
,i}>À`iÃÃʜvÊ«>ވ˜}ÊÃÌÀi˜}̅]ÊÜ՘`ÃÊ
Medium
are triggered with a medium volume.
Change setting
,i}>À`iÃÃʜvÊ«>ވ˜}ÊÃÌÀi˜}̅]ÊÜ՘`ÃÊ
Loud
are triggered with a loud volume.
PAD ROLL: repeat interval
ˆ}…iÃÌÊÃi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞpiÛi˜Êˆ}…ÌÊ«>ވ˜}Ê
Settings Lite
produces loud volume.
^ £É{ʘœÌiÃÊÝÊÓH£È
.ORMAL Medium sensitivity.
œÌÌi`Ê£É{ʘœÌiÃ]Ê£ÉÓʘœÌiÊ ÌÀˆ«iÌÃ]Ê
   œÜÊ Ãi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞp“ÕÃÌÊ «>ÞÊ Ì…iÊ «>`ÃÊ
£É{ʘœÌiÃ]Ê`œÌÌi`Ên̅ʘœÌiÃ]Ê£É{ʘœÌiÊ (ARD
   hard to trigger with loud volume.
ÌÀˆ«iÌÃ]Ên̅ʘœÌiÃ]Ên̅ʘœÌiÊÌÀˆ«iÌÃ]Ê
  
£È̅ʘœÌiÃ]Ê£È̅ʘœÌiÊÌÀˆ«iÌÃ]ÊÎӘ`Ê œÜiÃÌÊÃi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞp“ÕÃÌÊ«>ÞÊ̅iÊ«>`ÃÊ
 %8(ARD
notes very hard to trigger with loud volume.

67
Rhythm functions

Creating a rhythm pattern


You can create your own original rhythm patterns.
After preparing, you can create a rhythm pattern using real-time or step input.

Creating a rhythm pattern


Prepare to create a rhythm pattern
Select an empty rhythm pattern and set
5 Set number of bars and time signature.
Change menu

the number of bars, time signature and


quantization. You can also check the
memory remaining for rhythm patterns.

1 Press
Change
setting

"!2,%..UMBEROFBARS
Setting range

2 Select an empty rhythm pattern (pattern 1~99 Number of bars

name is EMPTY). 3)'.!452%4IMESIGNATURE


Setting range
1~8 Number of beats per bar
MEMORY
Shows current remaining pattern memory

Select pattern

,…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê˜>“iÊ 6 Press

3 Move to the quantization area and set


the value.

+Õ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜
Move cursor

Change setting

1UANTIZATIONS
Setting
1/4 +Õ>ÀÌiÀʘœÌiÊ
1/8 n̅ʘœÌiÊ
1/8T n̅ʘœÌiÊÌÀˆ«iÌÊ
 £È̅ʘœÌiÊ
4 £È̅ʘœÌiÊÌÀˆ«iÌÊ
 ÎӘ`ʘœÌiÊ
(I Tick (£É{nʵÕ>ÀÌiÀʘœÌi®

4 Press beneath .

68
Rhythm functions

Creating a rhythm pattern


Creating a rhythm pattern

Create a rhythm pattern using NOTE


real-time input UÊ vÊޜÕÀÊ̈“ˆ˜}ʈÃÊψ}…̏Þʜvv]ʈÌÊ܈ÊLiÊVœÀÀiVÌi`ʈ˜Ê
accordance with the quantize setting.
After preparing, play the pads along UÊ i«i˜`ˆ˜}Ê œ˜Ê ̅iÊ «>`Ê Ãi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}]Ê Ì…iÊ
܈̅Ê̅iÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê­“iÌÀœ˜œ“i®Ê̜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>Ê force used to play the pads is also recorded as
volume changes.
rhythm pattern with real-time input. UÊ Ê “iÌÀœ˜œ“iÊ «Ài‡VœÕ˜ÌÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ LiÊ ÃiÌÊ ­,iv°Ê
*ÎÈ®°

1 Start input.

While pressing and holding ,

press .

2 Play the pads in time with the rhythm


to input data.

3 Delete input.

Press and hold under and


press a pad. While that pad is being
pressed, data that has already been in-
put on that track while be erased.

Press under to erase the


data that has already been input on all
tracks.

4 End input

Press

69
Creating a rhythm pattern
Create a rhythm pattern using
step input
4 Delete a note or change its volume.

Press beneath to delete


After preparing, you can input notes one an input note.
>ÌÊ>Ê̈“iÊ­ÃÌi«Êˆ˜«ÕÌ®Ê̜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê
pattern.
Turn to change the volume of the
note at that position.

1 Start input.
œÕ`Ê­…ˆ}…ÊÛiœVˆÌÞ®
Press
+ՈiÌÊ­œÜÊÛiœVˆÌÞ®

5 End input.

Press

2 Move the cursor to the position where


you want to input or delete notes.

Move cursor
NOTE
UÊ œÌiÃÊ >ÌÊ œV>̈œ˜ÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ >ÀiÊ LiÌÜii˜Ê ̅iÊ VÕÀÀi˜ÌÊ
quantize settings cannot be deleted. A note at
ÃÕV…Ê>Ê«œÃˆÌˆœ˜Ê>««i>ÀÊ>ÃÊ>˜Ê¸8¸°
UÊ ˜Ê-Ìi«Ê{]ÊޜÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÕÃiÊ̅iÊ`ˆ>Ê̜ʈ˜«ÕÌÊ>˜`Ê
Go back one beat delete notes.

Advance one beat

The horizontal axis shows the bars and


the vertical access shows the pads by
˜Õ“LiÀ°Ê"˜iÊÃÌi«Ê­œ˜iÊLœÝ®ÊˆÃÊ̅iʏi˜}̅Ê
of the quantize setting.

3 Play the pads to input notes at the


current position. The volume of each
note will correspond to the strength it is
played (unless sensitivity set otherwise).

Press ENTER to add a note with a


fixed volume level at that position.

70
Rhythm functions

Copying rhythm patterns


You can copy a rhythm pattern to create a new one based on it, for example.
Copying rhythm patterns

1 Press 6 Select EXECUTE.

Change menu

2
Select the rhythm pattern that you want
to copy.

Press beneath .
Press

Select pattern

3 Select COPY.

Change menu

Press

4 Select COPY


TO.

Change menu

Press

5 Select the copy destination.


Select the
pattern
HINT
Ê ˜ÊÃÌi«Êx]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʜÀ`iÀʜvÊ̅iÊ«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê
list.
Press the A-Z soft key to list the patterns in
alphabetical order.
Press the No. soft key to list the patterns in
numerical order.

Press

71
Rhythm functions

Deleting rhythm patterns


You can delete rhythm patterns.

Deleting rhythm patterns


1 Press

2 Select the rhythm pattern that you want


to delete.

Press beneath .

Select pattern

3 Select DELETE.

Change menu

Press

4 Select YES.

Move cursor

Press

72
Rhythm functions

Changing rhythm pattern names


You can change the names of rhythm patterns.
Changing rhythm pattern names

1 Press

2 Select the rhythm pattern that you want


to change the name of.

Press beneath .

Select pattern

3 Select RENAME.

Change menu

Press

4 Change the name.

Move cursor

Change
character

Delete
character

Insert
Press character

73
Rhythm functions

Import rhythm patterns


You can import rhythm patterns from other projects.
You can import all the rhythm patterns (All®Ê>Ìʜ˜ViʜÀʜ˜iÊ>ÌÊ>Ê̈“iÊ­Each®°Ê

Import rhythm patterns


1 Press 7 Select NEXT.
Change menu

2 Press beneath .
Press

8 Select the rhythm pattern to import


(when set to Each).
Select project

3 Select IMPORT.
Change menu

Press

Press 9 Select the destination rhythm pattern to


import (when set to Each).
Select project

4 Select MODE and set it to All or Each.

Change menu
Press

10 Select YES.
Move cursor

Change
setting

5 Select PROJECT.
Change menu
Press

NOTE
UÊ iÃ̈˜>̈œ˜Ê À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ ÜˆÊ LiÊ œÛiÀÜÀˆÌÌi˜°Ê
When set to All, all the original rhythm patterns
Press
in the project will be deleted. When set to Each,
the rhythm pattern selected as the destination will

6 Select the source project. be deleted.


UÊ ˜ÊÃÌi«ÊnʜÀʙ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʜÀ`iÀʜvÊ̅iÊ
Select project
pattern list.
Press the A-Z soft key to list the patterns in
alphabetical order.
Press the No. soft key to list the patterns in
numerical order.
Press

74
Rhythm functions

Setting volume and stereo placement


You can change the volume of a rhythm pattern and the stereo placement of the drum kit.
Setting volume and stereo placement

1 Press

2 Select the rhythm pattern that you want


to make settings for.

Press beneath .

Select pattern

3 Select a menu item and change the


setting.

Change menu

Change
setting

$25-,6,$RUMVOLUME
Setting range
^ ÀՓÊۜÕ“iÊ
0/3)4)/.$RUMPLACEMENT
Setting
ÀՓÃÊ>ÀiÊ«>Vi`Ê vÀœ“ʏivÌÊ ÌœÊÀˆ}…ÌÊ
Listener
as heard from an audience member
ÀՓÃÊ>ÀiÊ«>Vi`Ê vÀœ“ʏivÌÊ ÌœÊÀˆ}…ÌÊ
Player
as heard from a drummer

NOTE
POSITION settings are saved for each project.

75
Rhythm functions

Assigning rhythm patterns to tracks


The rhythm pattern displayed on the screen can also be assigned to a track.

Assigning rhythm patterns to tracks


1 Press

2 Select the rhythm pattern to assign.

Select pattern

3 While pressing beneath


press the pad of the track where you
,

want to assign it.

NOTE HINT
UÊ vÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ʓՏ̈«iÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê >ÃœÊ >ÃÈ}˜Ê À…Þ̅“Ê «>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ vÀœ“Ê ̅iÊ
and played back simultaneously, or patterns with TRACKʓi˜ÕÊ­,iv°Ê*ÓÓ®°Ê
numerous note-on events are played, they might UÊ ˜ÊÃÌi«ÊÓ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʜÀ`iÀʜvÊ̅iÊ«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ê
not all play as expected due to the maximum list.
polyphony limitation of the unit. Press the A-Z soft key to list the patterns in
UÊ 7…i˜Ê>ÊÀ…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÊˆÃÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê>ÊÌÀ>VŽ]ʈÌÊ alphabetical order.
cannot be set to loop. Press the No. soft key to list the patterns in
UÊ 7…i˜ÊޜÕÊ«ÀiÃÃÊ̅iÊASSIGN soft key, the pads of numerical order.
tracks currently set to New


Take blink.

76
Effects

Effect and patch overview


9œÕÊV>˜ÊÃiiVÌÊ,Ó{Ê«ÀiÃiÌÊ«>ÌV…iÃ]Ê>˜`Êi>ȏÞÊ>««ÞÊivviVÌðÊ9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊi`ˆÌÊ>˜`ÊÃ>ÛiÊ
«>ÌV…iÃ]ʓ>Žˆ˜}Êw˜iÊ>`ÕÃ̓i˜ÌÃÊ>˜`Ê«ÀœViÃȘ}ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ̜ÊÃՈÌÊëiVˆwVÊܘ}Ã°Ê vviVÌÊ>˜`Ê
Effect and patch overview

«>ÌV…Êœ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÃÊV>˜Êœ˜ÞÊLiÊVœ˜`ÕVÌi`Ê܅i˜Ê̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊÃ>“«iÊÀ>ÌiʈÃÊÃiÌÊ̜Ê{{°£ÊŽâ°
Effect and patch use process

Using effects →

˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌÃÊ*Ǚ • Adjust effect send level ○ Adjust effect send level


-i˜`‡ÀiÌÕÀ˜ÊivviVÌÃÊ*Ǚ


, 6Ê- Ê*{ä →

"É 9Ê- Ê*{ä

`ˆÌʓœ`ՏiÃÊ


Edit a patch


 /Ê*nÎ Select type

Adjust parameters
You can make fine adjust-
ments to effect module
parameters and set levels to `ˆÌÊ«>ÌV…ʏiÛi
achieve sounds you like. ◎

Save


Patch
patches
selection →

-6 Ê*nx


*/
Ê- 

*nä


Import
patches All patches
Turn algorithms and →

*",/Ê*nÈ
«ÀiÃiÌÊ «>ÌV…iÃÊ " É One patch
OFF and select their You can use patches import-
combinations. ed from other projects.



Set INPUT 1~8
insertion point →

 *1/Ê
-,
Ê*n£ Track 1~24
Guide
MASTER ○ AI-only SEND
• Both R/AI SEND


Monitoring only ◇ AI-only INSERT
use →

,
Ê-Ê*nÇ
◆ Both R/AI INSERT
◎ All cases
◇○ Patch initialization (R/AI, INSERT/SEND)
→ Audio interface manual R: Recorder
AI: Audio Interface
SEND: Send-return effect
INSERT: insert effect
Algorithms and patches
A single effect, which is called an “effect Algorithms
“œ`Տi»Ê ­œÀÊ ¸“œ`Տi¸®]Ê Vœ˜ÃˆÃÌÃÊ œvÊ ÌÜœÊ Clean Distortion
Aco/Bass Bass
ii“i˜ÌÃp̅iÊ ivviVÌÊ ÌÞ«iÊ>˜`ʈÌÃÊ«>À>“-
Patches
eters, which control how it processes
COMP/ PRE 6BAND MODULATION/ PATCH
EFX ZNR REVERB
sound. LIMITER AMP EQ DELAY LEVEL

ʸ«>ÌV…¸ÊˆÃÊ̅iÊÀiÃՏÌʜvÊ>`ÕÃ̈˜}Ê̅iÊiv- MODULATION/
Module
fect type and parameters of each module. DELAY

˜Ê¸>}œÀˆÌ…“¸ÊˆÃÊ>˜ÊœÀ`iÀi`Ê>ÀÀ>˜}i“i˜ÌÊ Effect type Chorus Ensemble Flanger

of patches set to default values prepared Depth Depth Depth


Rate Rate Rate
Parameters ~
for different types of recording and other Tone Tone Resonance
Mix Mix Manual
purposes.

77
Effect and patch overview
Insert and send-return effects

/…iÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ ivviVÌÃÊ ˆ˜Ê œ˜iÊ «ÀœiVÌÊ ˆ˜VÕ`iÊ ÎÎäÊ /ÜœÊ ÌÞ«iÃÊ œvÊ Ãi˜`ÉÀiÌÕÀ˜Ê ivviVÌÃ]Ê Ü…ˆV…Ê >ÀiÊ
«>ÌV…iÃÊ V>ÃÈvˆi`Ê ˆ˜ÌœÊ ™Ê >}œÀˆÌ…“Ã°Ê 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê connected internally in the mixer section, can
select algorithms and the patches that they be adjusted using mixer send levels (amount
contain to suit your purposes and choose œvÊ Ãˆ}˜>Ê Ãi˜ÌÊ ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ ivviVÌ®Ê >˜`Ê V>˜Ê LiÊ ÕÃi`Ê
where to insert those patches. together.

Algorithm

Order

Display

Order
Mono

Display Mono

Order

Display

Order Mono
×2

Mono
Display ×2

Order Stereo

Display Stereo

Mono
Order ×8

Mono
×8
Display

Order
Stereo

Display Stereo

78
Effects

Input and output of insert and send-return effects


/…iÊ,Ó{¿ÃÊÌܜÊÌÞ«iÃʜvÊLՈÌ‡ˆ˜ÊivviVÌÃpˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌÃÊ>˜`ÊÃi˜`‡ÀiÌÕÀ˜ÊivviVÌÃpV>˜ÊLiÊÕÃi`Ê
at the same time.
Input and output of insert and send-return effects

).054^ 42!#+^

Insert effects Send-return effect


These effects are applied to These effects are internally connected
specified channels. in the mixer's send-return bus.

CHORUS/DELAY
Effect insertion points
Inputs

Apply effects to selected input signals Recorder REVERB


when recording them to tracks.

Track mixer Send level


(Amount of signal sent to effect)
Tracks

Apply effects to the playback sound of


any audio tracks in the track mixer.
Mix of original sound of sent
Master track with the return signal.

Process the final stereo mix just


before the MASTER fader (and
record it to the master track).
Mix down
Master track recording

Insert effect signal flow Send-return effect signal flow

Insert the effect on a mono input and output in mono.

☞ ,iv\Ê vviVÌʈ˜ÃiÀ̈œ˜Ê«œˆ˜Ì P81

79
Input and output of insert and send-return effects
Uses of effects and patches Select effect and patch
Patches are selected and adjusted the same way for
Effect
both insert and send-return effects.

Select suitable modules from algorithms, edit patch


types and parameters, and save them for use later. 1 Press

There are some major differences between mak- Select effect type
ing settings for the two types of effects. For insert
effects, you must select patches and set insertion
points. For send-return effects, you must adjust the Press beneath to
send level of signals using the mixer. select an insert effect.

Other functions include IMPORT to bring in patches Press beneath to


from other projects and REC


 SIG to apply the effect select a reverb send-return effect.
only to monitoring the playback signal.
Press beneath to
The procedures for using effects are the same when select a chorus/delay send-return
ÕȘ}Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÀiVœÀ`iÀÊ>˜`Ê>ÃÊ>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊˆ˜ÌiÀ- effect.
face, but the patches can also be initialized when
the unit is used as an audio interface (INITIAL®°

Insert effects 2 Select ON/OFF and set it to ON.


Change menu

Algorithm name Display .UMBEROFPATCHES


name (preprogrammed patches)
Clean and crunchy sounds that are suitable for guitars
Clean/Crunch Clean ÎäÊ­Ó£®
Overdrive and other distorted sounds suitable for guitars Change setting
Distortion Distortion xäÊ­{x®

3 Select an algorithm (when setting an


Instrument simulation algorithm that is suitable for guitars
Aco/Bass SIM Aco/Bass ÓäÊ­£ä® insert effect).
Algorithm that is suitable for recording bass guitars
Change menu
Bass Bass ÎäÊ­Óä®
Algorithm that is suitable for vocals and other mic recordings
Mic Mic xäÊ­Îä®
Algorithm for two completely independent mic channels
Dual Mic Dual Mic xäÊ­Îä®
Algorithm for synths, built-in mics and other stereo recording Change
Stereo Stereo xäÊ­{ä® algorithm

4
ʏ}œÀˆÌ…“ÊvœÀÊnÊV…>˜˜iÃʜvʈ˜`i«i˜`i˜Ìʈ˜«ÕÌÊ>˜`ʜÕÌ«ÕÌÊ
Select a patch.
X#OMP%1 X#OMP%1 ÓäÊ­£ä®
Change menu
Algorithm for processing final stereo mix signals
Mastering Mastering ÎäÊ­Ó£®

Send-return effect
Change patch
Algorithm display name .UMBEROF patches
(preprogrammed patches)
2%6%2" ÎäÊ­ÓÓ®Ê
#(/253$%,!9 ÎäÊ­£n®Ê

80
Effects

Setting the insert effect position


You can set the insert effect position.
This menu item only appears for the insert effect.
Setting the insert effect position

1 Press 4 Select INPUT




SRC.
Change menu

Select effect type

Press beneath to
select an insert effect.

2 Select ON/OFF and set it to ON.


Change menu
5 Select the input source.

Select input
source

Change
setting Display Insertion point
Input1~Input8 One input

3 Select an algorithm and patch.


Change menu
Track1~Track24
Track1/2~
4RACK
Output of one mono track
Output of a stereo track or two
mono tracks
Master ivœÀiÊMASTER fader
X#/-0%1INSERTIONPOINTS
Input1-8 ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ£qnʈ˜«ÕÌÃ

Change
Track1-8 ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ£qnʜÕÌ«ÕÌÃ
setting 4RACK  ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ™q£ÈʜÕÌ«ÕÌÃ
Track17-24 ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ£ÇqÓ{ʜÕÌ«ÕÌÃ

NOTE
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜ÊÃiiVÌÊ>ÊȘ}iÊINPUT (1~8®Êœ˜ÞʈvÊޜÕÊ
have chosen the CLEAN, DISTORTION,


 ACO/
BASS


SIM, BASS or MIC algorithm.
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê ÃiiVÌÊ Track1-8, Track9-16 or
Track17-24 only if you have chosen the
8xCOMP


EQ algorithm.
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê ÃiiVÌÊ INPUT


 1-8 only when the
8xCOMP


EQ algorithm has been chosen.
UÊ vÌiÀÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ê̅iʈ˜ÃiÀ̈œ˜Ê«œˆ˜Ì]ʈvÊޜÕÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ
algorithm to 8xCOMP


 EQ, the insertion point will
be changed to Input1-8, Track1-8, Track9-
16, Track17-24 (depending on the previously HINT
ÃiiVÌi`ÊÃiÌ̈˜}®°
Changing the insertion point of the effect
UÊ /œÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ œ˜Ê >Ê Ãˆ˜}iÊ “œ˜œÊ ÌÀ>VŽÊ œÕÌ«ÕÌ]Ê ÃiiVÌÊ
Ê ÞÊ`iv>ՏÌ]Ê̅iʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌʈÃʈ˜ÃiÀÌi`ʜ˜ÊINPUT 1
TRACK1 ~ TRACK24. To insert on two mono
in a project. To change this, set the INPUT


 SRC
tracks or a stereo track, select TRACK1/2 ~
>ÌÊ-Ìi«Ê{°
TRACK


23/24. To insert before the MASTER fader,
select MASTER.

81
Setting the insert effect position
インサートエフェクトの挿入位置
Setting the insert effect position

Inserting the insert effect on 2 mono inputs


(Dual Mic algorithm)

Odd-
numbered INSERT Odd-
INPUT EFFECT numbered
or L Track
Track

Even-
numbered INSERT Even-
INPUT EFFECT numbered
or R Track
Track

Inserting the insert effect on a stereo input


(Stereo, Mastering algorithms)

Odd-
numbered Odd-
INPUT numbered
or Track or
Track Master Track
or (L)
Master L
INSERT
Even- EFFECT
numbered Even-
INPUT numbered
or Track or
Track Master Track
or (R)
Master R

Inserting the insert effect on 8 inputs


(8xComp EQ algorithm)

INPUT1 INSERT
or EFFECT Track1/9
Track1/9 1

INPUT2 INSERT
or EFFECT Track 2/10
Track2/10 2

INPUT2 INSERT
or EFFECT Track2/10
Track2/10 8

82
Effects

Patch editing (insert and send-return effects)


You can create patches that combine effects together, change effect types in patches, or
change processing as you like by adjusting effects using their parameters.
Patch editing (insert and send-return effects)

Patch editing (insert and send-return effects)


1 Press
Edit effect modules Adjust effect parameters Change the name (insert effect)

Select effect type 5 Select TYPE.


Effect module OFF Press ENTER or
Select a parameter and set it.

1
Select
parameter Select RENAME.
press the ON/OFF
Change menu
Press beneath to soft key to turn the
select an insert effect. module on and off.

Press beneath to
select a reverb send-return effect. Effect module ON
Change
value
vviVÌÊÌÞ«iÊ
Press
Press beneath to \Ê `ˆÌʓ>ÀŽÊŜܘÊ܅i˜Ê
select a chorus/delay send-return
2 Change the name.
a patch has been edited
effect. or changed
Move cursor

2 Select ON/OFF and set it to ON.


Change menu
Set the effect module

6 Select the effect module. Change character

Change
module
Press Delete character

Change Insert character


setting

3 Select the algorithm/patch.


Change menu

NOTE
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜˜œÌÊ i`ˆÌÊ >˜Ê >}œÀˆÌ…“Ê ˆÌÃiv]Ê ˆ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê
HINT the combination and arrangement of its effect
Change setting modules.
UÊ œ˜iÊ œvÊ Ì…iÊ “œ`ՏiÃÊ ˆ˜Ê ºEmpty»Ê «>ÌV…iÃÊ …>ÛiÊ
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ޜÕÊ ÌÕÀ˜Ê >˜Ê ivviVÌÊ “œ`ՏiÊ OFF, all its

4 Select EDIT. Edit the patch level been set yet.


settings, including the type and parameters are
UÊ /…iÊlevel of theÊ< ,ʓœ`ՏiÊV>˜ÊLiÊ>`ÕÃÌi`ʜ˜Ê
Change menu
(final patch sound volume) the TOTAL module screen.
disabled.

7
UÊ 7…i˜ÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊ8xCOMP


 EQ


 effect, you cannot
Select the TOTAL effect Change UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜Êˆ˜`ˆÛˆ`Õ>ÞÊi`ˆÌÊ̅iʓœ`ՏiÃÊ>ÀÀ>˜}i`ʈ˜Ê
turn it ON/OFF for all channels at once. You must
module
module. ̅iÊÉ,Ê
…>˜˜iÃʜvÊ̅iÊDUAL


 MIC


 ALGORITHM.
set it for each channel separately.
The left channel is selected when “L»Ê>««i>ÀÃʈ˜Ê

8
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜˜œÌÊÌÕÀ˜ÊœvvÊTOTAL modules.
Press Select PATCH


LVL and set the value. the effect module name and the right channel is
UÊ /…iÊ 8xComp


 EQ algorithm does not include a
Change menu selected when “R»Ê>««i>Àð
< ,ʓœ`Տi°Ê
UÊ >V…ÊV…>˜˜iÊœvÊ̅iÊ8xCOMP


EQ algorithm has its
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ Ã܈ÌV…Ê ÌœÊ >˜œÌ…iÀÊ «>ÌV…Ê ܈̅œÕÌÊ Ã>ۈ˜}Ê
œÜ˜Ê…ˆ}…Ê«>ÃÃÊwÌiÀ]ÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀÊ>˜`Ê +Ê̅>ÌÊV>˜Ê
>Ê «>ÌV…Ê ̅>ÌÊ …>ÃÊ Lii˜Ê i`ˆÌi`Ê ­Ã…œÜˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ ¼ ½Ê
LiÊ ˆ˜`i«i˜`i˜ÌÞÊ ÌÕÀ˜i`Ê œ˜ÉœvvÊ >˜`Ê >`ÕÃÌi`°Ê
“>ÀŽ®]Ê V…>˜}iÃÊ ÜˆÊ LiÊ œÃÌ°Ê *i>ÃiÊ ÀiviÀÊ ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ
Check the current channel by looking at the
next page for how to save patches.
Change value
number shown at the end of the effect module

9
name.
Return to the main effect screen

Press

83 84
Effects

Patch editing (insert and send-return effects)


You can create patches that combine effects together, change effect types in patches, or
change processing as you like by adjusting effects using their parameters.
Patch editing (insert and send-return effects)

Patch editing (insert and send-return effects)


1 Press
Edit effect modules Adjust effect parameters Change the name (insert effect)

Select effect type 5 Select TYPE.


Effect module OFF Press ENTER or
Select a parameter and set it.

1
Select
parameter Select RENAME.
press the ON/OFF
Change menu
Press beneath to soft key to turn the
select an insert effect. module on and off.

Press beneath to
select a reverb send-return effect. Effect module ON
Change
value
vviVÌÊÌÞ«iÊ
Press
Press beneath to \Ê `ˆÌʓ>ÀŽÊŜܘÊ܅i˜Ê
select a chorus/delay send-return
2 Change the name.
a patch has been edited
effect. or changed
Move cursor

2 Select ON/OFF and set it to ON.


Change menu
Set the effect module

6 Select the effect module. Change character

Change
module
Press Delete character

Change Insert character


setting

3 Select the algorithm/patch.


Change menu

NOTE
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜˜œÌÊ i`ˆÌÊ >˜Ê >}œÀˆÌ…“Ê ˆÌÃiv]Ê ˆ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê
HINT the combination and arrangement of its effect
Change setting modules.
UÊ œ˜iÊ œvÊ Ì…iÊ “œ`ՏiÃÊ ˆ˜Ê ºEmpty»Ê «>ÌV…iÃÊ …>ÛiÊ
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ޜÕÊ ÌÕÀ˜Ê >˜Ê ivviVÌÊ “œ`ՏiÊ OFF, all its

4 Select EDIT. Edit the patch level been set yet.


settings, including the type and parameters are
UÊ /…iÊlevel of theÊ< ,ʓœ`ՏiÊV>˜ÊLiÊ>`ÕÃÌi`ʜ˜Ê
Change menu
(final patch sound volume) the TOTAL module screen.
disabled.

7
UÊ 7…i˜ÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊ8xCOMP


 EQ


 effect, you cannot
Select the TOTAL effect Change UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜Êˆ˜`ˆÛˆ`Õ>ÞÊi`ˆÌÊ̅iʓœ`ՏiÃÊ>ÀÀ>˜}i`ʈ˜Ê
turn it ON/OFF for all channels at once. You must
module
module. ̅iÊÉ,Ê
…>˜˜iÃʜvÊ̅iÊDUAL


 MIC


 ALGORITHM.
set it for each channel separately.
The left channel is selected when “L»Ê>««i>ÀÃʈ˜Ê

8
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜˜œÌÊÌÕÀ˜ÊœvvÊTOTAL modules.
Press Select PATCH


LVL and set the value. the effect module name and the right channel is
UÊ /…iÊ 8xComp


 EQ algorithm does not include a
Change menu selected when “R»Ê>««i>Àð
< ,ʓœ`Տi°Ê
UÊ >V…ÊV…>˜˜iÊœvÊ̅iÊ8xCOMP


EQ algorithm has its
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ Ã܈ÌV…Ê ÌœÊ >˜œÌ…iÀÊ «>ÌV…Ê ܈̅œÕÌÊ Ã>ۈ˜}Ê
œÜ˜Ê…ˆ}…Ê«>ÃÃÊwÌiÀ]ÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀÊ>˜`Ê +Ê̅>ÌÊV>˜Ê
>Ê «>ÌV…Ê ̅>ÌÊ …>ÃÊ Lii˜Ê i`ˆÌi`Ê ­Ã…œÜˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ ¼ ½Ê
LiÊ ˆ˜`i«i˜`i˜ÌÞÊ ÌÕÀ˜i`Ê œ˜ÉœvvÊ >˜`Ê >`ÕÃÌi`°Ê
“>ÀŽ®]Ê V…>˜}iÃÊ ÜˆÊ LiÊ œÃÌ°Ê *i>ÃiÊ ÀiviÀÊ ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ
Check the current channel by looking at the
next page for how to save patches.
Change value
number shown at the end of the effect module

9
name.
Return to the main effect screen

Press

83 84
Effects Effects

Patch saving (insert and send-return effects) Patch importing (insert and send-return effects)
Once you have edited a patch, always save it if you want to keep the changes. You can import one or all patches that have been created in another project for use in the
You can save a patch at any patch number within the same algorithm. current project.
Patch saving (insert and send-return effects)

Patch importing (insert and send-return effects)


1 Press
Continued on the next page
3 Select IMPORT.
Change menu
Import one patch
IMPORT>Each

6 1
Select effect type Select EXECUTE. Select PROJECT.
Change menu

Press beneath to Press


select an insert effect.

Press beneath to Press 4 Select MODE and set it to All or Each.


Press
select a reverb send-return effect. Change menu

2 Select the project to import from.

Press beneath to
select a chorus/delay send-return
Select
effect. Import source project
Change setting
project name

2
All Import all patches from the source project Press
Select the algorithm/patch.
Change menu Each Select and import one patch from the source

Import all patches


3 Select NEXT.
Change menu

IMPORT>All

Change setting 1 Select PROJECT.


Change menu
Press

3 Select SAVE.
Change menu
4 Select the patch to import.

Press
Import

2 Select the project to import from. source


Select
patch
Press patch

4 Select SAVE


TO. NOTE Import source
Press
Select
project name

5
project
Change menu UÊ /…iÃiÊ «ÀœVi`ÕÀiÃÊ >ÀiÊ Ì…iÊ Ã>“iÊ vœÀÊ LœÌ…Ê ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ Select the destination patch.
and send-return effects. Press
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ Ã܈ÌV…Ê ÌœÊ >˜œÌ…iÀÊ «>ÌV…Ê ܈̅œÕÌÊ Ã>ۈ˜}Ê

Press
>Ê «>ÌV…Ê ̅>ÌÊ …>ÃÊ Lii˜Ê i`ˆÌi`Ê ­Ã…œÜˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ ¼ ½Ê
“>ÀŽ®]ÊV…>˜}iÃÊ܈ÊLiʏœÃ̰ʏÜ>ÞÃÊÃ>ÛiÊ«>ÌV…ið 3 Select NEXT.
Change menu
Import
destination
Select
UÊ /…iʈ“«œÀÌÊÜÕÀViÊ>˜`Ê̅iʈ“«œÀÌÊ`iÃ̈˜>̈œ˜Ê>ÀiÊ patch
patch

5 Select where you want to save it. different projects when using PATCH


IMPORT.
Press
Patch number:

6 Select YES.
patch name
Press
where you
HINT Move cursor

4
want to save it Set save
location Select YES.
Move cursor
Press You can save your edited patch to any patch
˜Õ“LiÀÊ܈̅ˆ˜Ê̅iÊÃ>“iÊ>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê ÞÊ`œˆ˜}Ê̅ˆÃ]Ê
you can also can make a patch copy by saving Press
an existing patch to a different number. Press

85 86
Effects Effects

Patch saving (insert and send-return effects) Patch importing (insert and send-return effects)
Once you have edited a patch, always save it if you want to keep the changes. You can import one or all patches that have been created in another project for use in the
You can save a patch at any patch number within the same algorithm. current project.
Patch saving (insert and send-return effects)

Patch importing (insert and send-return effects)


1 Press
Continued on the next page
3 Select IMPORT.
Change menu
Import one patch
IMPORT>Each

6 1
Select effect type Select EXECUTE. Select PROJECT.
Change menu

Press beneath to Press


select an insert effect.

Press beneath to Press 4 Select MODE and set it to All or Each.


Press
select a reverb send-return effect. Change menu

2 Select the project to import from.

Press beneath to
select a chorus/delay send-return
Select
effect. Import source project
Change setting
project name

2
All Import all patches from the source project Press
Select the algorithm/patch.
Change menu Each Select and import one patch from the source

Import all patches


3 Select NEXT.
Change menu

IMPORT>All

Change setting 1 Select PROJECT.


Change menu
Press

3 Select SAVE.
Change menu
4 Select the patch to import.

Press
Import

2 Select the project to import from. source


Select
patch
Press patch

4 Select SAVE


TO. NOTE Import source
Press
Select
project name

5
project
Change menu UÊ /…iÃiÊ «ÀœVi`ÕÀiÃÊ >ÀiÊ Ì…iÊ Ã>“iÊ vœÀÊ LœÌ…Ê ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ Select the destination patch.
and send-return effects. Press
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ Ã܈ÌV…Ê ÌœÊ >˜œÌ…iÀÊ «>ÌV…Ê ܈̅œÕÌÊ Ã>ۈ˜}Ê

Press
>Ê «>ÌV…Ê ̅>ÌÊ …>ÃÊ Lii˜Ê i`ˆÌi`Ê ­Ã…œÜˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ ¼ ½Ê
“>ÀŽ®]ÊV…>˜}iÃÊ܈ÊLiʏœÃ̰ʏÜ>ÞÃÊÃ>ÛiÊ«>ÌV…ið 3 Select NEXT.
Change menu
Import
destination
Select
UÊ /…iʈ“«œÀÌÊÜÕÀViÊ>˜`Ê̅iʈ“«œÀÌÊ`iÃ̈˜>̈œ˜Ê>ÀiÊ patch
patch

5 Select where you want to save it. different projects when using PATCH


IMPORT.
Press
Patch number:

6 Select YES.
patch name
Press
where you
HINT Move cursor

4
want to save it Set save
location Select YES.
Move cursor
Press You can save your edited patch to any patch
˜Õ“LiÀÊ܈̅ˆ˜Ê̅iÊÃ>“iÊ>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê ÞÊ`œˆ˜}Ê̅ˆÃ]Ê
you can also can make a patch copy by saving Press
an existing patch to a different number. Press

85 86
Effects

Using the insert effect only for monitoring


ÞÊ>««Þˆ˜}Ê>˜Êˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌʜ˜ÞÊ̜ʓœ˜ˆÌœÀˆ˜}]ʈ˜«ÕÌÊÈ}˜>ÃÊV>˜ÊLiÊÀiVœÀ`i`Ê՘«ÀœViÃÃi`Ê
to tracks.
Using the insert effect only for monitoring

1 Press
3 Select REC


SIG and set it.
Change menu

Select effect type

Press beneath to
select an insert effect. Change setting

Input signals are recorded to tracks after

2
7ET being processed by the insert effect.
Select algorithm/patch. ­ iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi®
Change menu Input signals are recorded to tracks before
being processed by the insert effect. The
Dry ˆ˜«ÕÌÊÈ}˜>Ê“œ˜ˆÌœÀi`ÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊ"1/*1/Ê>˜`Ê
*" -ʍ>VŽÃ]ʅœÜiÛiÀ]ʈÃÊ«ÀœViÃÃi`ÊLÞÊ̅iÊ
insert effect first.

Change setting

Using the insert effect only for


monitoring

ÞÊ `iv>ՏÌ]Ê Ü…i˜Ê >˜Ê ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ ivviVÌÊ ˆÃÊ >«-


plied to an input signal, the signal with
the effect is recorded to the track.
However, if necessary, you can apply
the insert effect only to monitoring and
record the unprocessed input signals to
the tracks.
For example, you can record vocals
without an effect, but apply an insert
effect to a microphone signal to make
singing easier for a vocalist.

HINT
UÊ /…iÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ “>`iÊ …iÀiÊ >ÀiÊ Ã̜Ài`Ê vœÀÊ i>V…Ê
project separately.
UÊ vʘiViÃÃ>ÀÞ]ÊÀiÃiÌÊ̜ÊWet before recording other
parts.

87
88
Projects

Project overview & project protection


A project stores data and settings necessary for music playback.
/…iʺ*,"/
/»Êv՘V̈œ˜Ê>œÜÃÊޜÕÊ̜ʫÀiÛi˜ÌÊ̅iÊ>ÌiÀ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ>ÊVœ“«iÌi`Ê«ÀœiVÌ°
Project overview & project protection

All elements of a piece of music, including au-


Protecting a project
dio files, information about track assignments, PROJECT>PROTECT
and mixer, effect, metronome and tuner set-
tings are stored in a project as one unit.
ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊœvÊ£äääÊ«ÀœiVÌÃÊV>˜ÊLiÊÃ̜Ài`ʜ˜Ê 1 Press

a single card. Create a new project for each


new piece of music.

2
/ÊÃ>Ûi`ʈ˜Ê>Ê«ÀœiVÌ\Ê Select PROTECT.
UÊ Õ`ˆœÊ `>Ì>Ê vœÀÊ iÛiÀÞÊ ÌÀ>VŽÊ ˆ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ
Change menu
-/ ,ÊÌÀ>VŽÊ
UÊ ˆÝiÀÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
UÊ *>ÌV…ʘՓLiÀÃÊ>˜`ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ãʓ>`iÊvœÀʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊ
and send-return effects

œ˜Ìi˜ÌÃʜvÊ«>ÞʏˆÃÌÃÊ
UÊ "̅iÀʘiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊwiÃ
UÊ ->“«iÀʏœœ«Ê>˜`ÊÃiµÕi˜ViÊ`>Ì>ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã
UÊ ,…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜]ÊۜÕ“iÊ>˜`ÊÃÌiÀiœÊ

3
placement settings Select ON.

Change


NOTE
UÊ 7…i˜Ê>Ê«ÀœiVÌʈÃÊ«ÀœÌiVÌi`]ÊޜÕÊV>˜˜œÌÊÀiVœÀ`ʈ˜Ê
it or edit it, and any changes will not be saved to
̅iÊ- ÊV>À`°Ê-iÌʺPROTECT»Ê̜ʺOff»ÊˆvÊޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ
to record in it or edit it again.
UÊ *ÀœiVÌÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ >ÀiÊ ˜œÌÊ«ÀœÌiVÌi`Ê ÜˆÊ LiÊ >Õ̜“>̈-
V>ÞÊ Ã>Ûi`Ê ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ - Ê V>À`Ê Ü…i˜Ê ޜÕÊ ÌÕÀ˜Ê ̅iÊ
POWER switch OFF or when you open another
project.
UÊ 7iÊÀiVœ““i˜`ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʺPROTECT»Ê̜ʺOn»Êœ˜ViÊ
you complete a piece of music to avoid saving
unwanted changes mistakenly later.

/…iÊ ˜>“iÃÊ œvÊ Ì…iÊ vœ`iÀÃÊ ˆ˜Ê ̅iÊ *,"



folder correspond to the projects with the same
names.
HINT
This icon appears when
a project is protected.

89
Projects

Creating a new project


7ˆÌ…Ê̅iÊ,Ó{ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊÕ«Ê̜ʣäääÊ«ÀœiVÌÃʜ˜Ê>ÊȘ}iÊV>À`°Ê
You can also transfer the settings of the previous project to a new project.

Creating a new project


1 Press
NOTE
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê ÕÃiÊ Ì…iÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ >˜`Ê Û>ÕiÃÊ œvÊ Ì…iÊ >ÃÌÊ

2
project in the new one.
Select NEW.
Change menu Settings carried over with Continue
UÊ /Ê /ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
UÊ - ,/Ê 
/ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
UÊ-i˜`‡ÀiÌÕÀ˜Ê 
/ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
Press UÊ/À>VŽÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ­*9É1/ É,
®ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã
UÊ "1
ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ

3
UÊ/À>VŽÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÃÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
Select NAME.
UÊ /," " ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
Change menu
Reset
iv>ՏÌÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ>ÀiÊÕÃi`ÊvœÀÊi>V…ʈÌi“

Press
UÊ /…iÊRATE can also be set to a sampling rate that

4
ˆÃÊÃՈÌ>LiÊvœÀÊ 6 Ê>Õ`ˆœ°Ê
Change the project name as necessary.
Move cursor
Delete RATE: sampling rate
character
Setting
{{°£Žâ -Ì>˜`>À`Ê­`iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi®
Change Insert {n°äŽâ œÀÊ 6 ÊÜ՘`]ÊiÌV°
character character

Press UÊ 7…i˜ÊÃiÌÊ̜Ê{nʎâ]ÊivviVÌÃÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊÕÃi`°Ê

5 Set whether to use the settings from the


last project.
Change menu

Change setting

6 Set the sample rate.


Change menu

Change setting

7 Select EXECUTE.
Change menu

Press

90
Projects

Selecting projects and files


You can select a project to use for recording, playback and editing from the Top Screen.
9œÕÊV>˜Ê>ÃœÊÃiiVÌÊwiÃÊvœÀÊ«>ÞL>VŽ]ÊVœ«Þˆ˜}]Ê`iïœ˜Ê>˜`ʜ̅iÀʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ã°
Selecting projects and files

Select a project Select a file


PROJECT>SELECT PROJECT>FILE

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select SELECT.
Change menu 2 Select FILE.
Change menu

Press Press

3 Select the project.


3 Select the file.

Change
project Select file

Press
Press

ÃÌiÀˆÃŽÃÊ­I®Ê>««i>ÀÊ̜Ê̅iʏivÌʜvʘ>“iÃʜvÊ
NOTE files that are already assigned to tracks.

You can only playback and record to the project


that is currently loaded. You cannot use multiple You can use the following keys if you want to
projects at the same time. listen to a file for confirmation.

Press the PLAY key to start


playback
HINT
Press the STOP key to stop
7…i˜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Ê«œÜiÀʈÃÊÌÕÀ˜i`Ê" ]Ê̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌʏœ>`- playback.
ed the last time the unit was used will be loaded
automatically.

91
Projects

Project and file information


9œÕÊV>˜Ê`ˆÃ«>Þʈ˜vœÀ“>̈œ˜Ê>LœÕÌÊ̅iÊVÕÀÀi˜ÌÞʏœ>`i`Ê«ÀœiVÌ]Êwiʘ>“iÃ]ÊVÀi>̈œ˜Ê`>ÌiÃ]Ê
sizes, recording times and other information.

Project and file information


Project information &ILEINFORMATION
PROJECT>INFO PROJECT>FILE>INFO

1
Follow these procedures after opening the
project which has the information that you Press
want to see.

1 Press
2 Select FILE.
Change menu

2 Select INFO.
Change menu

Press

Press
3 Select the file.

3 Check the information.


Scroll
Press
Change file

4 Select INFO.
Change menu

02/*%#4).&/PROJECTINFORMATION
.!-% Project name
DATE 9i>Àɓœ˜Ì…É`>ÌiʜvÊVÀi>̈œ˜
3):% Capacity used
TIME ,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̈“i
RATE Sample rate Press

5 Check the information.


Scroll

HINT
On the PROJECT


 INFO screen, project and file
information can only be viewed. Their contents can-
not be changed directly. &),%).&/-!4)/.FILEINFORMATION
.!-% File name
DATE 9i>Àɓœ˜Ì…É`>ÌiÉ̈“iʜvÊVÀi>̈œ˜
&/2-!4 Sampling frequency and bit rate
3):% Capacity used
TIME ,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̈“i

92
Projects

Copying projects and files


You can copy a saved project and use it as a new project.
7ˆÌ…ˆ˜Ê̅iÊÃ>“iÊ«ÀœiVÌ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʘ>“iÃʜvÊwiÃÊ>˜`ʓ>ŽiÊVœ«ˆiÃʜvÊ̅i“°
Copying projects and files

Copy a project Copy a file


PROJECT>COPY PROJECT>FILE>COPY

1
Follow these procedures after opening the
project that you want to copy. Press

1 Press
2 Select FILE.
Change menu

2 Select COPY.
Change menu
Press

Press
3 Select the file to copy.

Change file

3 Select NAME.
Change menu Press

4 Select COPY.
Change menu

Press

4 Change the project name. Press

5
Move cursor
Delete
Select NAME.
character Change menu

Change Insert
character character
Press
Press

6 Change the file name.

5
Move cursor
Select EXECUTE. Delete
character

Insert
character
Change character

Press Press

7 Select EXECUTE.

NOTE
You cannot copy a project without changing the
name to something different from the original. Press

93
Projects

Changing project and file names


9œÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʘ>“iÃʜvÊ̅iÊVÕÀÀi˜ÌÞʏœ>`i`Ê«ÀœiVÌÊ>˜`Êwið

Changing project and file names


Changing a project name Changing a file name
PROJECT>RENAME PROJECT>FILE>RENAME

Open the project that you want to change the


name of and follow these procedures. 1 Press

1 Press
2 Select FILE.
Change menu

2 Select RENAME.
Change menu

Press

Press
3 Select the file name.

3 Change the characters.


Move cursor
Delete
Change file
character

Insert Press
Change character
character

Press
4 Select RENAME.
Change menu

NOTE
UÊ 9œÕÊV>˜˜œÌÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʘ>“iÊ̜Ê̅iÊÃ>“iʘ>“iÊ
as that of an existing project.
UÊ /…iÊ ˜>“iÊ œvÊ i>V…Ê «ÀœiVÌÊ vœ`iÀÊ ˆ˜Ê ̅iÊ <""Ú
,Ó{É*,"
/Êvœ`iÀʜ˜Ê̅iÊ- ÊV>À`ʈÃÊ̅iÊÃ>“iÊ
as the name of the corresponding project. Press

HINT
Project names
5 Change the characters.
Move cursor
Delete
>ݰʘՓLiÀʜvÊV…>À>VÌiÀÃ\Ên character

«…>LiÌ\ʇ<Ê­Õ««iÀÊV>Ãi®
-ޓLœÃ\ÊÚʭ՘`iÀÃVœÀi® Insert
ՓiÀ>Ã\Ê䇙 Change character
character

File names Press


>ݰʘՓLiÀʜvÊV…>À>VÌiÀÃ\ÊÓ£™Ê­˜œÌʈ˜V°ÊiÝÌi˜Ãˆœ˜®
Alphabet: A-Z, a-z
-ޓLœÃ\Ê ­Ã«>Vi®ÊtʛÊfʯÊEÊMʭʮʳÊ]ʇÊÆÊrÊJÊ
[]^_`{}~
ՓiÀ>Ã\Ê䇙

94
Projects

Deleting projects and files


iiÌiÊÃiiVÌi`Ê«ÀœiVÌÃÊ>˜`Êwið
Deleting projects and files

Delete a project Delete a file


PROJECT>DELETE PROJECT>FILE>DELETE

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select DELETE.
Change menu 2 Select FILE.
Change menu

Press Press

3 Select the project to delete.


3 Select the file name.

Change project Change file

Press Press

4 Select YES.
Move cursor 4 Select DELETE.
Change menu

Press Press

5 Select YES.
Move cursor

NOTE
UÊ "˜ViÊ >Ê «ÀœiVÌÊ œÀÊ vˆiÊ ˆÃÊ `iiÌi`]Ê ˆÌÊ V>˜˜œÌÊ LiÊ
recovered. Please delete with care.
Press
UÊ vÊPROTECT is On for a project, that project and its
wiÃÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊ`iiÌi`°

95
Projects

Dividing files
9œÕÊV>˜Ê`ˆÛˆ`iÊ>ÊwiÊ>ÌÊ>˜ÞÊ«œˆ˜ÌÊ̜ʓ>ŽiÊÌܜÊwiðÊ
œÊ̅ˆÃÊ̜Ê`iiÌiÊ՘˜iViÃÃ>ÀÞÊ«œÀ̈œ˜ÃʜvÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÃʜÀÊ̜Ê`ˆÛˆ`iʏœ˜}ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ð

Dividing files
1 Press
You can use the following keys to listen to a
file and to set the division point.

2 Select FILE.
Change menu
Press to start playback

Press to stop playback

Press Press to fast forward

3 Select the file.


Press to rewind

Press together to return to the


Select file +
beginning of the file
Press
1ÃiÊ̅iʓ>ÀŽÊŽiÞÃÊ̜ʓœÛiÊ̜Ê

4 Select DIVIDE. marks

Change menu

Press

5 Set the division point.

Change value

Change time unit

6 Press beneath .
HINT
ÊUÊ7…i˜Ê>ÊwiʈÃÊ`ˆÛˆ`i`]ÊwiÃÊ܈̅ʘiÜʘ>“iÃÊ܈Ê

7 Select YES.
Move cursor
be created automatically in the same folder.
Ê ¸¸ÊˆÃÊ>``i`Ê̜Ê̅iÊi˜`ʜvÊ̅iʘ>“iʜvÊ̅iÊwiʜvÊ
the part before the dividing point.
Ê ¸ ¸ÊˆÃÊ>``i`Ê̜Ê̅iÊi˜`ʜvÊ̅iʘ>“iʜvÊ̅iÊwiʜvÊ
the part after the dividing point.
UÊ /…iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>Ê`ˆÛˆ`i`ÊwiʈÃÊ`iiÌi`°Ê
Press

,iv\Ê1Ș}Ê̅iÊVœÕ˜ÌiÀÊ>˜`
☞ marks to locate P33

96
Projects

Sequential playback of projects


The playback order of multiple projects can be registered and managed in playlists.
1ÃiÊ̅iÃiÊ̜ʫ>ÞÊܘ}ÃÊVœ˜ÃiVṎÛiÞ]ÊvœÀʏˆÛiÊ«iÀvœÀ“>˜ViÊ>VVœ“«>˜ˆ“i˜ÌÊ>˜`Ê܅i˜Ê
Sequential playback of projects

Sequential playback of projects


outputting to an external recorder, for example.
Playback a playlist Edit a playlist Delete a playlist
PROJECT>SEQ PLAY>EDIT PROJECT>SEQ PLAY>DELETE

1 Press
4 Select EDIT.
Change menu
Remove a project from a list
4 Select DELETE.
Change menu

2 Select SEQ


PLAY.
Change menu
5 Select a project to remove.
Change tracks

Press Press
Press

3 Select the playlist.


Number of
Register projects, edit and change playlists
6 Press beneath .
5 Select YES.
Move cursor

projects in list
Select list
5 Select the first project
(or the project to change).
¸ “«ÌÞ¸ÊŜܘÊ܅i˜Ê Change tracks
no songs in list ˜`ʜvʏˆÃÌÊ
indication
Playlist number Press
Press

4 Select PLAY.
Change menu

6 Register project to be played.

Insert a project into a list


Press Change project

Screen appearance during playback


Playlist number
5 Select the track number to insert to.

Project name
Change tracks NOTE
>«Ãi`Ê
playback time
7 Select and register more projects.
Change tracks
UÊ vÊ>ʓ>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊœÀÊ̅iÊwiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê̅iʓ>ÃÌiÀÊ
track is deleted, the playlist will become empty.
UÊ -iÌÊ Ì…iÊ “>ÃÌiÀÊ ÌÀ>VŽÊ ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê Ì…>ÌÊ ÞœÕÊ
Playback track number want to hear when you register a project in a
Playback stops at the end of the last project. playlist.

HINT
6 Press beneath .
UÊ /œÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊwiʜvÊ>ÊÀi}ˆÃÌiÀi`Ê«ÀœiVÌ]ÊÃiÌʈÌÃÊ
master track and edit the playlist.
This inserts the UÊ /…iÊ “>݈“Õ“Ê ˜Õ“LiÀÊ œvÊ «>ޏˆÃÌÃÊ ˆÃÊ £ä°Ê >V…Ê
Key operation during playback current project. «>ޏˆÃÌÊ V>˜Ê …>ÛiÊ >Ê “>݈“Õ“Ê œvÊ ™™Ê Ài}ˆÃÌiÀi`Ê
Use the dial projects.
Play from the beginning of the current project to change to a UÊ Ê«ÀœiVÌÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊÀi}ˆÃÌiÀi`ʈvʈÌÃʓ>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊ
Change project different project. ˆÃʘœÌÊÃiÌʜÀʈÌÃÊwiʈÃʏiÃÃÊ̅>˜Ê{ÊÃiVœ˜`ð
Stop playback and return to the beginning of
the current project
Play from the beginning of the first project
+ ­/,ä䣮
Stop playback and start playback from the Change project
beginning of the next project
Stop playback and start playback from the 8 Press to return.
☞ ,iv\Ê>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ P46
beginning of the previous project

97 98
Projects

Sequential playback of projects


The playback order of multiple projects can be registered and managed in playlists.
1ÃiÊ̅iÃiÊ̜ʫ>ÞÊܘ}ÃÊVœ˜ÃiVṎÛiÞ]ÊvœÀʏˆÛiÊ«iÀvœÀ“>˜ViÊ>VVœ“«>˜ˆ“i˜ÌÊ>˜`Ê܅i˜Ê
Sequential playback of projects

Sequential playback of projects


outputting to an external recorder, for example.
Playback a playlist Edit a playlist Delete a playlist
PROJECT>SEQ PLAY>EDIT PROJECT>SEQ PLAY>DELETE

1 Press
4 Select EDIT.
Change menu
Remove a project from a list
4 Select DELETE.
Change menu

2 Select SEQ


PLAY.
Change menu
5 Select a project to remove.
Change tracks

Press Press
Press

3 Select the playlist.


Number of
Register projects, edit and change playlists
6 Press beneath .
5 Select YES.
Move cursor

projects in list
Select list
5 Select the first project
(or the project to change).
¸ “«ÌÞ¸ÊŜܘÊ܅i˜Ê Change tracks
no songs in list ˜`ʜvʏˆÃÌÊ
indication
Playlist number Press
Press

4 Select PLAY.
Change menu

6 Register project to be played.

Insert a project into a list


Press Change project

Screen appearance during playback


Playlist number
5 Select the track number to insert to.

Project name
Change tracks NOTE
>«Ãi`Ê
playback time
7 Select and register more projects.
Change tracks
UÊ vÊ>ʓ>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊœÀÊ̅iÊwiÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜Ê̅iʓ>ÃÌiÀÊ
track is deleted, the playlist will become empty.
UÊ -iÌÊ Ì…iÊ “>ÃÌiÀÊ ÌÀ>VŽÊ ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ ÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê Ì…>ÌÊ ÞœÕÊ
Playback track number want to hear when you register a project in a
Playback stops at the end of the last project. playlist.

HINT
6 Press beneath .
UÊ /œÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊwiʜvÊ>ÊÀi}ˆÃÌiÀi`Ê«ÀœiVÌ]ÊÃiÌʈÌÃÊ
master track and edit the playlist.
This inserts the UÊ /…iÊ “>݈“Õ“Ê ˜Õ“LiÀÊ œvÊ «>ޏˆÃÌÃÊ ˆÃÊ £ä°Ê >V…Ê
Key operation during playback current project. «>ޏˆÃÌÊ V>˜Ê …>ÛiÊ >Ê “>݈“Õ“Ê œvÊ ™™Ê Ài}ˆÃÌiÀi`Ê
Use the dial projects.
Play from the beginning of the current project to change to a UÊ Ê«ÀœiVÌÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊÀi}ˆÃÌiÀi`ʈvʈÌÃʓ>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊ
Change project different project. ˆÃʘœÌÊÃiÌʜÀʈÌÃÊwiʈÃʏiÃÃÊ̅>˜Ê{ÊÃiVœ˜`ð
Stop playback and return to the beginning of
the current project
Play from the beginning of the first project
+ ­/,ä䣮
Stop playback and start playback from the Change project
beginning of the next project
Stop playback and start playback from the 8 Press to return.
☞ ,iv\Ê>ÃÌiÀÊÌÀ>VŽÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ P46
beginning of the previous project

97 98
Projects

Recording settings
/…iÊ,Ó{ÊV>˜ÊÀiVœÀ`Ê>ÌÊÓ{‡LˆÌ]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃʅˆ}…iÀʵÕ>ˆÌÞÊ̅>˜Ê̅iʣȇLˆÌÊvœÀ“>ÌÊÕÃi`ÊvœÀÊ>Õ`ˆœÊ

ðÊ7…i˜ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}]Ê̅iÊ՘ˆÌÊV>˜ÊœÛiÀÜÀˆÌiÊ«ÀiۈœÕÃÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÃʜÀÊÃ>ÛiÊ̅i“Ê>˜`ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ
Recording settings

new ones. This is useful for bands and drums and when you want to record multiple takes.

Setting/changing the bit rate Setting/changing recording mode


PROJECT>REC>BIT LEN PROJECT>REC>REC MODE

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select REC.
Change menu
2 Select REC.
Change menu

Press Press

3 Select BIT


LEN.
Change menu
3 Select REC


MODE.
Change menu

4 Set the bit rate.


4 Set the recording mode.

16bit/24bit Change
setting

REC MODE: recording mode


Setting

Previous recordings overwritten


Overwrite
­`iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi®

Previous recordings saved and new


!LWAYS.EW
HINT recordings always made

UÊ 7…i˜ÊœÛiÀÜÀˆÌˆ˜}]ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê܈ÊLiÊ>ÌÊ̅iÊLˆÌÊÀ>ÌiÊ
œvÊ̅iʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>Êwi°ÊœÀÊiÝ>“«i]ÊޜÕÊV>˜˜œÌʜÛiÀ-
ÜÀˆÌiÊ>ÊwiÊÀiVœÀ`i`Ê>ÌʣȇLˆÌÊ܈̅Ê>ÊÓ{‡LˆÌÊwi°
UÊ -iÌ̈˜}ÃÊ>ÀiÊÃ̜Ài`ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÞÊvœÀÊi>V…Ê«ÀœiVÌ°Ê
UÊ /…iÊ`iv>ՏÌÊÛ>ÕiʈÃÊ16bit.
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ ÕÃiÊ {{°£ŽâÉÓ{LˆÌ]Ê {nŽâÉ£ÈLˆÌÊ œÀÊ
{nŽâÉÓ{LˆÌÊvœÀ“>ÌÃ]ÊޜÕÊ܈Ê…>ÛiÊ̜ÊVœ˜ÛiÀÌÊwiÃÊ NOTE
̜Ê{{°£ŽâÉ£ÈLˆÌÊ̜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊ
°
-iiÊ ¸ œÕ˜ViÊ `iÃ̈˜>̈œ˜Ê ÌÀ>VŽÊ ÃiÌ̈˜}Ã¸Ê vœÀÊ ÕÃiÊ œvÊ
the BOUNCE


TRʈÌi“Ê­,iv°Ê*{ή°

99
System

Adjusting the display


You can adjust the backlight and contrast of the display.

Adjusting the display


4URNINGTHEBACKLIGHT/./&& Adjusting the contrast
TOOL>SYSTEM>LIGHT TOOL>SYSTEM>CONTRAST

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu 2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu

Press Press

3 Select LIGHT.
Change menu 3 Select CONTRAST.
Change menu

4 Set the value.


4 Set the value.

Change Change
value value

On >VŽˆ}…ÌʏˆÌÊ­`iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi® 1 Low contrast


Off >VŽˆ}…ÌÊ՘ˆÌÊ
2
>VŽˆ}…ÌÊ`>ÀŽi˜ÃʈvÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌʈÃʘœÌÊÕÃi`ÊvœÀÊ£xÊ
SEC
seconds 
>VŽˆ}…ÌÊ`>ÀŽi˜ÃʈvÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌʈÃʘœÌÊÕÃi`ÊvœÀÊÎäÊ
SEC 4
seconds
 ­ iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi®


HINT 7
8 High contrast
Turn the backlight off to conserve batteries.

100
SD cards

Changing the SD card while the power is on


9œÕÊV>˜ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ- ÊV>À`Ê܅ˆiÊ̅iÊ«œÜiÀʈÃʜ˜°Ê œÊ̅ˆÃʈvÊ̅iÊÀi“>ˆ˜ˆ˜}ÊV>«>VˆÌÞʜvÊ̅iÊ
ˆ˜ÃiÀÌi`ÊV>À`ʈÃʏœÜʜÀʈvÊޜÕʘii`Ê̜ʈ“«œÀÌÊ«ÀiۈœÕÏÞÊÀiVœÀ`i`Ê`>Ì>ÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊ- ÊV>À`°
Changing the SD card while the power is on

1 Press Load data from the new SD card

2 6
Select SD


CARD. Select LOAD.
Change menu Change menu

Press Press

3 Select EXCHANGE.
Change menu Save R24 data to the new SD card

6 Select SAVE.
Change menu

Press

Card replacement
possible
Press

7 Select SAVE


TO and set the project
where you want to save it

4
Change menu
Remove the SD card

Change setting

8 Select EXECUTE.

5 Insert an SD card

NOTE
UÊÊvÊ Ì…iÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌi`Ê - Ê V>À`Ê ˆÃÊ >Ài>`ÞÊ vœÀ“>ÌÌi`Ê vœÀÊ Press
̅iÊ ,Ó{]Ê «ÀœVii`Ê ÌœÊ -Ìi«Ê ÈÊ œvÊ ¸œ>`Ê `>Ì>Ê vÀœ“Ê
̅iʘiÜÊ- ÊV>À`¸ÊœÀʸ->ÛiÊ,Ó{Ê`>Ì>Ê̜Ê̅iʘiÜÊ
- ÊV>À`¸°Ê
NOTE
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ >˜Ê - Ê V>À`Ê Ì…>ÌÊ …>ÃÊ ˜œÌÊ Lii˜Ê UÊ ˆÃ>LiÊ ÜÀˆÌi‡«ÀœÌiV̈œ˜Ê œ˜Ê >˜Ê - Ê V>À`Ê LivœÀiÊ
vœÀ“>ÌÌi`ÊvœÀÊÕÃiÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊvœœÜÊ̅iÊ«ÀœVi- inserting it.
`ÕÀiÃÊvœÀÊvœÀ“>Ì̈˜}Ê>˜Ê- ÊV>À`ʜ˜Ê̅iʘiÝÌÊ«>}i° UÊ SAVE includes various data for the project in use,
but no audio data is saved.

101
SD cards

&ORMATTING3$CARDS#HECKINGCARDCAPACITIES
9œÕÊV>˜ÊvœÀ“>ÌÊ>˜Ê- ÊV>À`ÊvœÀÊÕÃiÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]Ê`iiÌiÊ>Ê̅iÊ`>Ì>ʜ˜ÊˆÌ]Ê>˜`ÊV…iVŽÊˆÌÃÊ
V>«>VˆÌÞÊ­Ài“>ˆ˜ˆ˜}Êë>Vi®°

&ORMATTING3$CARDS#HECKINGCARDCAPACITIES
&ORMAT3$CARDDELETEALLDATA Check SD card remaining capacity
TOOL>SD CARD>FORMAT TOOL>SD CARD>REMAIN

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select SD


CARD.
Change menu 2 Select SD


CARD
Change menu

Press Press

3 Select FORMAT.
Change menu 3 Select REMAIN.
Change menu

Press Press

4 Select YES.
Move cursor
Card open space
,i“>ˆ˜ˆ˜}ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê̈“iÊ
for the current recording
format

Press

NOTE
UÊ vÊ ÞœÕÊ vœÀ“>ÌÊ >˜Ê - Ê V>À`]Ê >Ê ˆÌÃÊ `>Ì>Ê ÜˆÊ LiÊ
permanently erased.
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ޜÕÊ vœÀ“>ÌÊ >˜Ê - Ê V>À`]Ê >Ê ̅iÊ `>Ì>Ê œ˜Ê
̅iÊV>À`ʈÃÊ`iiÌi`Ê>˜`Êvœ`iÀÃÊ>˜`ÊwiÃÊ̅>ÌÊ>ÀiÊ
iÝVÕÈÛiÞÊvœÀÊ,Ó{ÊÕÃiÊ܈ÊLiÊVÀi>Ìi`°
UÊ vÊ Ì…iÊ Ài“>ˆ˜ˆ˜}Ê V>«>VˆÌÞÊ œvÊ Ì…iÊ - Ê V>À`Ê ˆÃÊ iÃÃÊ
than the amount of the data being recorded,
recording will fail. Change the card before you
run out of space.

102
System

Checking the system version/Setting the battery type


You can check the current version of the system software.
Set the battery type to make display of the remaining battery charge more accurate.
Checking the system version/Setting the battery type

Checking the system version Setting the battery type


TOOL>SYSTEM>VERSION TOOL>SYSTEM>BATTERY

1 Press 1 Press

2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu
2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu

Press
Press

3 Select VERSION.
Change menu

3 Select BATTERY.
Change menu

Press

4 Check the information.


4 Set the battery type.

Change
type

Alkaline Ž>ˆ˜iÊL>ÌÌiÀˆiÃÊ­`iv>ՏÌÊÛ>Õi®
.I -( Nickel-metal hydride batteries

HINT NOTE
Check for the latest system software at the ZOOM 1Ãiʜ˜ÞÊ>Ž>ˆ˜iʜÀʘˆVŽi‡“iÌ>Ê…Þ`Àˆ`iÊL>ÌÌiÀˆið
ÜiLÈÌiÊ­…ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜܰ✜“°Vœ°«®°

103
System

Phantom power settings


Set the PHANTOM switch to ON to supply phantom power to INPUTS 3~8.
/œÊVœ˜ÃiÀÛiÊL>ÌÌiÀˆiÃ]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÌÕÀ˜ÊˆÌʜvvÊvœÀʈ˜«ÕÌÊ«>ˆÀÃÊÎÉ{Ê>˜`ÊÇÉnÊ>˜`ÊÀi`ÕViÊ̅iÊۜÌ>}iÊ̜ÊÓ{Ê6°Ê

Phantom power settings


Setting phantom power
TOOL>SYSTEM>PHANTOM

1 Press

2 Select SYSTEM.
Change menu

Press

3 Select PHANTOM.
Change menu

Press

4 Select VOLTAGE and set the value.


Change menu

Change setting

5 Select 3/4ch or 7/8ch and set


it to On or Off.
Change menu

NOTE
UÊ /…iÊ«…>˜Ìœ“Ê«œÜiÀÊvœÀʈ˜«ÕÌÃÊxÊ>˜`ÊÈÊV>˜˜œÌÊLiÊ
turned off separately. They will be supplied with
Change setting phantom power unless the PHANTOM switch is set
to OFF.
UÊ œÊ "/ÊÃÕ««ÞÊ«…>˜Ìœ“Ê«œÜiÀÊ̜ʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÃÊ
>˜`Ê ˆ˜ÃÌÀՓi˜ÌÃÊ Ì…>ÌÊ `œÊ ˜œÌÊ ˜ii`Ê ˆÌ°Ê œˆ˜}Ê ÃœÊ
could cause damage. Check the instructions
for the microphone that you are using before
supplying phantom power.

104
USB

Connecting with a computer


1ÃiÊ1- Ê̜ÊVœ˜˜iVÌÊ>˜Ê,Ó{Ê̜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ­7ˆ˜`œÜÃʜÀÊ>Vˆ˜ÌœÃ…Ê"-®°
Connecting with a computer

ÞÊVœ˜˜iV̈˜}Ê̅ˆÃÊ՘ˆÌÊ̜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀ]ÊޜÕÊ
V>˜ÊÕÃiʈÌÊ>ÃÊ>˜Ê- ÊV>À`ÊÀi>`iÀ]Ê>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊ
interface for sound input and output and a
Vœ˜ÌÀœÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ̜ÊVœ˜ÌÀœÊ 7ÊÜvÌÜ>Ài

NOTE
UÊ /œÊ ˆ“«œÀÌÊ >˜Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ vˆiÊ ˆ˜ÌœÊ ̅iÊ ,£È]Ê ˆÌÃÊ vœÀ“>ÌÊ
“ÕÃÌÊLiÊ76Ê܈̅Ê>ÊÃ>“«ˆ˜}ÊÀ>ÌiʜvÊ{{°£É{nʎâÊ
>˜`Ê>ÊLˆÌÊÀ>ÌiʜvÊ£ÈʜÀÊÓ{°
UÊ /œÊÕÃiÊ76ÊwiÃʈ˜Ê>Ê«ÀœiVÌ]Ê̅iÞʓÕÃÌÊÕÃiÊ̅iÊ
sampling rate as set for the project when it was
created (RATE®°Ê
UÊ ˆiÊ ˜>“iÊ V>˜Ê …>ÛiÊ Õ«Ê ÌœÊ Ó£™Ê V…>À>VÌiÀÃÊ ­˜œÌÊ
ˆ˜VÕ`ˆ˜}Ê̅iÊiÝÌi˜Ãˆœ˜®°Ê/…iÊvœœÜˆ˜}ÊV…>À>VÌiÀÃÊ
are allowed
Alphabet: A-Z, a-z
Ê Õ“iÀ>Ã\Ê䇙
Ê -ޓLœÃ\Ê ­Ã«>Vi®ÊtʛÊfʯÊEÊMʭʮʳÊ]ʇÊÆÊ
rÊJÊ
[]^_`{}~
UÊ 9œÕÊ V>˜Ê Vœ˜˜iVÌÊ >˜Ê ,Ó{Ê Ü…i˜Ê ˆÌÃÊ «œÜiÀÊ ˆÃÊ " Ê
܈̅Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊLÞÊ1- °ÊvÊޜÕÊVœ˜˜iVÌÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê
LÞÊ1- Ê܅i˜ÊˆÌÃÊ«œÜiÀʈÃÊ"]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÃÌ>ÀÌʈÌÊÕ«Ê
܈̅ʫœÜiÀÊÃÕ««ˆi`ʜÛiÀÊ1- °
UÊ 7…i˜Ê ÕȘ}Ê Ì…iÊ ,Ó{Ê >ÃÊ >Ê V>À`Ê Ài>`iÀÊ œÀÊ >ÃÊ >˜Ê
audio interface, it cannot be used as a recorder
at the same time.
For details about use with a computer, refer to the Audio Interface
Manual.

HINT

>À`ÊÀi>`iÀÊ"-ÊVœ“«>̈LˆˆÌÞ
Windows: Windows XP and later
Ê >Vˆ˜ÌœÃ…\Ê>VÊ"-ÊÝÊ£ä°ÓÊ>˜`ʏ>ÌiÀ
UÊ *ÀœiVÌÊ `>Ì>Ê ˆÃÊ Ã>Ûi`Ê ÌœÊ Ì…iÊ VœÀÀi뜘`ˆ˜}Ê
*,"
/Êvœ`iÀʈ˜Ê̅iÊ<""Ú,Ó{Êvœ`iÀʜ˜Ê̅iÊ
- Ê V>À`Ê >Ã°Ê œ`iÀÃÊ >ÀiÊ VÀi>Ìi`Ê >˜`Ê “>˜>}i`Ê
for each project.
UÊ Õ`ˆœÊ `>Ì>Ê ˆÃÊ Ã>Ûi`Ê >ÃÊ 76Ê vˆiÃÊ ˆ˜Ãˆ`iÊ Ì…iÊ
1 "Êvœ`iÀʜvʈÌÃÊ«ÀœiVÌÊvœ`iÀ°Ê
UÊ /…iʸ*, "°/8/¸Êwiʈ˜Ãˆ`iÊi>V…Ê1 "Êvœ`iÀÊ
ŜÜÃÊ̅iʘ>“iÃʜvÊwiÃÊ>ÃÈ}˜i`Ê̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃ°Ê
UÊ -/ ,ÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>˜`ÊÃÌiÀiœÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÌiÀiœÊ76Ê
wiðÊ

105
USB

Card reader
9œÕÊV>˜Ê>VViÃÃÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê- ÊV>À`ÊÕȘ}Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ̜ÊL>VŽÕ«]ÊÀi>`Ê>˜`ʈ“«œÀÌÊÛ>ÀˆœÕÃÊ
`>Ì>]Ê«ÀœiVÌÃÊ>˜`Êwið

Card reader
Using the unit as an SD card reader Disconnecting
USB>READER

1 Connect the R24 with a computer by


USB (DEVICE port) 1 Eject the R24 volume icon from your
computer to end the connection.

2 Press
2 or
Press to disconnect
the R24

3 Select READER.
Change menu
3 Select YES.
Move cursor

Press
Press

Operating the R24 from a computer

To computer ←

For details about use with a computer, refer to the Audio Interface
Manual.
>VŽÊÕ«Ê«ÀœiVÌÊ`>Ì>ʜ˜Ê>˜Ê- ÊV>À`Ê̜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀ°

From computer →

“«œÀÌÊ>Õ`ˆœÊ`>Ì>Ê>˜`ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊL>VŽÕ«ÃÊ̜Ê̅iÊ- Ê
card.

HINT
UÊ /œÊˆ“«œÀÌÊ76ÊwiÃÊvÀœ“Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀ]ÊVœ«ÞÊ̅i“Ê
̜Ê̅iʺ1 "»Êvœ`iÀʈ˜Ê̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌÊvœ`iÀÊ܅iÀiÊ
ޜÕÊÜ>˜ÌÊ̜ÊÕÃiÊ̅i“°Ê1ÃiÊ̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜Ê>ÃÈ}˜Ê̅iÊ
wiÃÊ̜ÊÌÀ>VŽÃ°

106
USB

Using USB memory to save and import data


ÞÊVœ˜˜iV̈˜}Ê1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ`ˆÀiV̏ÞÊ̜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊޜÕÊV>˜ÊÃ>ÛiÊ>˜`ʈ“«œÀÌÊwiðÊ/…ˆÃʈÃÊ
Vœ˜Ûi˜ˆi˜ÌÊvœÀÊiÝV…>˜}ˆ˜}ÊwiÃÊ܈̅ÊL>˜`ʓi“LiÀðÊ7…i˜ÊÕȘ}Ê1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊ՘ˆÌÊ
Using USB memory to save and import data

vœÀÊ̅iÊwÀÃÌÊ̈“i]ÊޜÕʓÕÃÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>Êvœ`iÀÊiëiVˆ>ÞÊvœÀÊ̅iÊ,Ó{ʜ˜Ê̅>ÌÊ1- ʓi“œÀÞ°
Saving files to USB memory
USB>STORAGE>FILE SAVE 8 Select YES
Move cursor

1 Connect the USB memory to the R24


USB HOST port.
Press

2 Press
Loading files from USB memory
USB>STORAGE>FILE LOAD

3 Select STORAGE.
Change menu
1 Connect the USB memory to the R24
USB HOST port.

Press 2 Press

4 Select FILE


SAVE.
Change menu
3 Select STORAGE.
Change menu

Press
Press

5 Select the project with the file to save.

4 Select FILE


LOAD.
Change menu
Change project
For details about use with a computer, refer to the Audio Interface
Manual.

Press
Press

6 Select the file.

5 Select the folder.

Change file
Select folders
and files
Press

7 Change the file name as necessary.


Move cursor
Delete
character
If data is in a folder

Insert Press
Change character character

Press

107
Using USB memory to save and import data
6 Select the file.
Saving projects to USB memory
USB>STORAGE>PRJ SAVE

Press
Change file
1 Press

7 Select where to save it . 2 Select STORAGE.


Change menu

Change
project
Press
Press

8 Change the file name as necessary.


Move cursor
3 Select PRJ


SAVE.
Change menu

Delete
character

Insert Press
Change character character

Press
4 Select the project.

9 Select YES.
Move cursor Change project

Press

For details about use with a computer, refer to the Audio Interface
Manual.
Press
5 Change the project name as necessary.
Move cursor
Delete
character

Insert
Change character character

Press

6 Select YES.

Move cursor

Press

108
Loading projects from USB memory Creating an R24 folder on the USB memory
USB>STORAGE>PRJ LOAD USB>STORAGE>INIT
Using USB memory to save and import data

1 Press 1 Connect the USB memory to the R24


USB HOST port.

2 Select STORAGE.
Change menu
2 Press

Press 3 Select STORAGE.


Change menu

3 Select PRJ


LOAD.
Change menu

Press

Press
4 Select INIT.

4 Select the project.


Change menu

Change project Press


Press

5 Change the project name as necessary.


Move cursor
5 Select YES.

Delete Move cursor


character

Insert
character Press
Change character
USB memory folder structure
Press ZOOM_R24

6 Select YES. PROJECT

AUDIO
Folder where project data is saved

Folder where audio data is saved


Move cursor

LOOP Folder where loop data is saved for


ÕÃiÊ܈̅Ê/,
€/ €1- ÊQ""*R
Press

NOTE
UÊ iÛiÀÊÀi“œÛiÊ1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ܅i˜ÊÃi˜`ˆ˜}ʜÀÊÀiViˆÛˆ˜}Ê`>Ì>°Ê ˆÃVœ˜˜iVÌÊ>vÌiÀÊ̅iʺ->ۈ˜}»ÊœÀʺœ>`ˆ˜}»Ê
display closes.
UÊ ÕÀˆ˜}Ê1- ÊÃ̜À>}iÊÕÃi]ÊÀiVœÀ`iÀʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÃÊ>ÀiʘœÌÊ«œÃÈLi°
UÊ 7…i˜Ê Ã>ۈ˜}Ê œ˜Ê 1- Ê “i“œÀÞ]Ê Ì…iÊ Ã>Ûi`Ê `>Ì>Ê ˆÃÊ Ã̜Ài`Ê ˆ˜Ê ̅iÊ 1 "Ê >˜`Ê *,"
/Ê vœ`iÀÃÊ ˆ˜Ãˆ`iÊ Ì…iÊ
<""Ú,Ó{Êvœ`iÀ°
UÊvÊ>ÊwiʜÀÊ«ÀœiVÌÊ܈̅Ê̅iÊÃ>“iʘ>“iÊ>Ài>`ÞÊi݈ÃÌÃ]Ê>˜Ê¸"ÛiÀÜÀˆÌi¶¸ÊVœ˜wÀ“>̈œ˜Ê«œ«‡Õ«Ê>««i>ÀðÊ*ÀiÃÃÊ
8/Ê̜ÊV>˜ViÊœÛiÀÜÀˆÌˆ˜}Ê>˜`ÊV…>˜}iÊ̅iʘ>“iʜÀÊÃiiVÌÊ>ʘiÜÊ«ÀœiVÌ°Ê

109
USB

Audio interface/control surface

œ˜˜iVÌÊ̅iÊ,Ó{ÊLÞÊ1- Ê̜Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀÊ̜ÊÕÃiʈÌÊ>ÃÊ>˜Ê>Õ`ˆœÊˆ˜ÌiÀv>ViÊ̜ʈ˜«ÕÌÊ>˜`ʜÕÌ«ÕÌÊ
Ü՘`Ê>˜`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊVœ˜ÌÀœiÀÊvœÀÊ 7ÊÜvÌÜ>Ài°

Audio interface/control surface


Connecting the unit as an audio Connecting an R24 to a computer
interface/control surface for the first time
❶ Audio interface
/…iÊ ,Ó{Ê V>˜Ê LiÊ ÕÃi`Ê >ÃÊ >˜Ê ˆ˜ÌiÀv>ViÊ LiÌÜii˜Ê >Ê
computer and instruments and other audio equip-
1 Install the ZOOM R16/R24 Audio Driver on
the computer.

ment, allowing audio signals to be recorded directly


ˆ˜ÌœÊ 7ÊÜvÌÜ>Ài]ÊvœÀÊiÝ>“«i° ☞ ,iv\Ê
ÕL>ÃiÊ Ê-Ì>ÀÌÕ«ÊՈ`iÊ
You can connect instruments and microphones that

2
require Hi-Z or phantom power when used as an Connect the R24 to the computer.
audio interface.
Set and connect the R24
❷ Control surface
See “Connecting and setting the R24” on the next page.

1ÃiÊ̅iÊv>`iÀÃÊ>˜`ʎiÞÃʜ˜Ê̅iÊ,Ó{Ê̜ÊVœ˜ÌÀœÊÌÀ>˜Ã-

3
«œÀÌÊ>˜`ʓˆÝiÀʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ãʈ˜ÊޜÕÀÊ 7ÊÜvÌÜ>Ài° Make DAW software settings

Device settings

❶ ❷ Control surface settings

Install DAW software

Install driver

<""Ê,£ÈÉ,Ó{Ê>Õ`ˆœÊ`ÀˆÛiÀÊ

Connect R24 to computer


AUDIO INTERFACE

NOTE
$!7SOFTWARESETTINGS
UÊ /œÊ ÕÃiÊ Ì…iÊ ,Ó{Ê >ÃÊ >˜Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ ˆ˜ÌiÀv>ViÊ vœÀÊ 7Ê
Device settings ÜvÌÜ>ÀiÊ­vœÀÊiÝ>“«i]Ê
ÕL>ÃiÊ ®ÊˆÌʈÃʘiViÃ-Ã>ÀÞ
Ê ÌœÊ ˆ˜ÃÌ>Ê ̅iÊ <""Ê ,£ÈÉ,Ó{Ê Õ`ˆœÊ ÀˆÛiÀ°Ê
<""Ê,£ÈÉ,Ó{Ê>Õ`ˆœÊ`ÀˆÛiÀÊ Install it correctly according to the directions
given in the included installation guide.
UÊ œÜ˜œ>`Ê Ì…iÊ >ÌiÃÌÊ ,Ó{Ê >Õ`ˆœÊ `ÀˆÛiÀÊ vÀœ“Ê ̅iÊ
Control surface settings
<""ÊÜiLÈÌiÊ­…ÌÌ«\ÉÉÊÜÜܰ✜“°Vœ°«®°
Mackie Control

110
Connecting and setting the R24 Disconnecting
Follow these procedures after the first time
Audio interface/control surface

1 Press 1 Press

Press the below .

2 Select AUDIO


I/F.
Change menu 2 Select YES.
Move cursor

Press

3 Select whether or not to use the settings


of the previous project.
Change menu
Press

3 Disconnect the USB cable

Change
setting NOTE
4 Select EXECUTE.
Change menu
3ELECT#/.4).5%TOUSETHESAMESETTINGSASLASTTIME
UÊ - ,/Ê 
/ÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ã
UÊ- Ê, /1, Ê 
/ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
UʈÝiÀÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
UÊ/1 ,ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ÃÊ
Press Select RESET to restore default settings for each item.

5 Connect the USB cable to the R24. UÊ ivœÀiÊ Ài“œÛˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ 1- Ê V>LiÊ Ü…i˜Ê `ˆÃVœ˜-
necting from a computer, always follow the proper
For details about use with a computer, refer to the Audio Interface
Manual.

procedures for the computer OS to disconnect


̅iÊ`iۈViÊwÀÃÌ°
UÊ ivœÀiÊ Ài“œÛˆ˜}Ê Ì…iÊ 1- Ê V>Li]Ê Vœ˜`ÕVÌÊ ÃÌi«Ê
Óʜvʸ ˆÃVœ˜˜iV̈˜}¸ÊwÀÃÌ°Ê
UÊ /…iÊ >Õ`ˆœÊ ˆ˜ÌiÀv>ViÊ >˜`Ê Vœ˜ÌÀœÊ ÃÕÀv>ViÊ v՘V-
̈œ˜ÃʜvÊ̅iÊ,Ó{ÊV>˜ÊLiÊÕÃi`ÊLÞÊ`À>܈˜}Ê«œÜiÀÊ
USB DEVICE indicator Lit ̅ÀœÕ}…Ê >Ê1- ÊV>LiÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊ1- ÊLÕðÊ
UÊ 7iÊ ÀiVœ““i˜`Ê >Ü>ÞÃÊ ÕȘ}Ê Ì…iÊ >ÌiÃÌÊ ,Ó{Ê
ÃÞÃÌi“Ê ÜvÌÜ>Ài°Ê vÊ ÞœÕÊ ÕÃiÊ >˜Ê ,Ó{Ê À՘˜ˆ˜}Ê >˜Ê
older system, a computer might not recognize it
properly.

6 Connect the USB cable to


the computer.

111
Interface: Controller

112
Rhythm pattern list
*>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊÎxHÓÎ{Ê>ÀiÊÌÞ«ˆV>Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÃÊ>˜`ÊwÃÊvœÀÊÛ>ÀˆœÕÃÊ}i˜ÀiðÊ
Rhythm pattern list

.O .AME Beats  2/#+S&! 1 90 ).$4S6A 1  ()0S6# 2 184 "!,$S6" 2


6ARIATION 44 2/#+S6" 2 91 ).$4S&! 1  ()0S6C 1  "!,$S6B 1
0 08Beat01 4  2/#+S6B 1 92 ).$4S6" 2  ()0S6$ 2  "!,$S&" 1
1 08Beat02 4  2/#+S&" 1  ).$4S6B 1 140 ()0S6D 1 187 ",53S6! 2
2 "EAT 4 47 2/#+S6! 1 94 ).$4S&" 2 141 ()0S6! 2 188 ",53S6A 1
 08Beat04 4 48 2/#+S&! 1  0/0S6! 2 142 ()0S6A 1 189 ",53S&! 1
4 "EAT 4 49 2/#+S6" 1  0/0S6A 1  ()0S6" 2 190 ",53S6" 2
 "EAT 4  2/#+S&" 1 97 0/0S&! 1 144 ()0S6B 1 191 ",53S6B 1
 08Beat07 4  2/#+S6! 2 98 0/0S6" 2  ()0S&" 1 192 ",53S&" 1
7 08Beat08 4  2/#+S6A 1 99 0/0S6B 1  ()0S6# 2  #.42S6! 2
8 08Beat09 4  2/#+S&! 1 100 0/0S&" 1 147 ()0S6C 1 194 #.42S6A 1
9 08Beat10 4  2/#+S6" 2 101 2N"S6! 2 148 ()0S6$ 2  #.42S&! 1
10 08Beat11 4  2/#+S6B 1 102 2N"S6A 1 149 $!.#S6! 1  #.42S6" 2
11 08Beat12 4  2/#+S&" 1  2N"S&! 2  $!.#S&! 1 197 #.42S6B 1
12 "EAT 4  (2+S6! 1 104 2N"S6" 2  $!.#S6" 1 198 #.42S&" 1
 "EAT 2  (2+S&! 1  2N"S6B 1  $!.#S&" 1 199 *!::S6! 2
14 "EAT 4  (2+S6" 1  2N"S&" 1  $!.#S6! 2 200 *!::S6A 1
 "EAT 4  (2+S&" 1 107 2N"S6! 2  $!.#S6A 1 201 *!::S&! 1
 "EAT 4  (2+S6! 2 108 2N"S6A 1  $!.#S&! 1 202 *!::S6" 2
17 "EAT 4  (2+S6A 1 109 2N"S&! 1  $!.#S6" 2  *!::S6B 1
18 "EAT 2  (2+S&! 1 110 2N"S6" 2  $!.#S6B 1 204 *!::S&" 1
19 "EAT 2  (2+S6" 2 111 2N"S6B 1  $!.#S&" 1  !&2/S6! 2
20 "EAT 4  (2+S6B 1 112 2N"S&" 1  (/53S6! 1  !&2/S6A 1
21 "EAT 4  (2+S&" 1  -4.S6! 2  (/53S&! 1 207 !&2/S&! 1
22 "EAT 4  -4,S6! 1 114 -4.S6A 1  (/53S6" 1 208 !&2/S6" 2
 "EAT 4  -4,S&! 1  -4.S&! 1  (/53S&" 1 209 !&2/S6B 1
24 &53 2  -4,S6" 1  -4.S6" 2  4%#(S6! 1 210 !&2/S&" 1
 &53 2 70 -4,S&" 1 117 -4.S6B 1  4%#(S&! 1 211 2%''S6! 2
 &53 4 71 &53S6! 2 118 -4.S&" 1  4%#(S6" 1 212 2%''S6A 1
27 &53 2 72 &53S6A 1 119 &5.+S6! 2  4%#(S&" 1  2%''S&! 1
28 *!:: 4  &53S&! 1 120 &5.+S6A 1  $N"S6! 2 214 2%''S6" 2
20 *!:: 4 74 &53S6" 2 121 &5.+S&! 1  $N"S6A 1  2%''S6B 1
 *!:: 4  &53S6B 1 122 &5.+S6" 2  $N"S&! 1  2%''S&" 1
 *!:: 4  &53S&" 1  &5.+S6B 1 170 $N"S6" 2 217 ,!4.S6! 2
 $!.#% 2 77 &53S6! 2 124 &5.+S&" 1 171 $N"S6B 1 218 ,!4.S6A 1
 #.429 2 78 &53S6A 1  &5.+S6! 2 172 $N"S&" 1 219 ,!4.S&! 1
 ",53 4 79 &53S&! 1  &5.+S6A 1  40S6! 1 220 ,!4.S6" 2
.O .AME Beats 80 &53S6" 2 127 &5.+S&! 1 174 40S&! 1 221 ,!4.S6B 1
6ARIATION 81 &53S6B 1 128 &5.+S6" 2  40S6" 1 222 ,!4.S&" 1
 2/#+S6! 2 82 &53S&" 1 129 &5.+S6B 1  40S&" 1  ,!4.S6! 2
 2/#+S6A 1  &53S6! 2  &5.+S&" 1 177 !-"S6! 2 224 ,!4.S6A 1
 2/#+S&! 1 84 &53S6A 1  ()0S6! 2 178 !-"S6A 1  ,!4.S&! 1
 2/#+S6" 2  &53S&! 1  ()0S6A 1 179 !-"S&! 1  ,!4.S6" 2
 2/#+S6B 1  &53S6" 2  ()0S&! 1 180 !-"S&" 1 227 ,!4.S6B 1
40 2/#+S&" 1 87 &53S6B 1  ()0S6" 2 181 "!,$S6! 2 228 ,!4.S&" 1
41 2/#+S6! 2 88 &53S&" 1  ()0S6B 1 182 "!,$S6A 1 229 -ID%S6! 2
42 2/#+S6A 1 89 ).$4S6! 2  ()0S&" 1  "!,$S&! 1  -ID%S6A 1

113
Rhythm pattern list
 -ID%S&! 1 281 &53 2  ()0 2  BALD09 2  ,!4. 2
 -ID%S6" 2 282 &53 2  ()0 2  BALD10 2  BOSSA01 4
 -ID%S6B 1  &53 2  ()0 2  BALD11 4  BOSSA02 4
 -ID%S&" 1 284 &53 2  ()0 2  BLUS01 2 440 SAMBA01 4
.O .AME Beats  &53 2  ()0 2  BLUS02 2 441 SAMBA02 4
6ARIATION  POP01 2  ()0 2  ",53 2 442 MidE01 2
 2/#+ 2 287 POP02 2  ()0 2  BLUS04 2  MidE02 2
 2/#+ 2 288 0/0 2  ()0 2  ",53 2 444 -ID% 2
 2/#+ 2 289 POP04 2  ()0 2  ",53 2  MidE04 2
 2/#+ 2 290 0/0 2  ()0 2  #.42 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2 291 0/0 2  $!.# 2  #.42 2 447 ).42/ 1
240 2/#+ 2 292 POP07 2  $!.# 2  #.42 2 448 ).42/ 1
241 2/#+ 2  POP08 2  $!.# 2  #.42 2 449 ).42/ 1
242 2/#+ 2 294 POP09 2  $!.# 2  *!:: 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  POP10 2  $!.# 2  *!:: 2  ).42/ 1
244 2/#+ 2  POP11 2  $!.# 2 400 *!:: 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 4 297 POP12 2  (/53 2 401 *!:: 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2 298 RnB01 2  (/53 2 402 *!:: 2  ).42/ 1
247 2/#+ 2 299 RnB02 2  (/53 2  *!:: 2  ).42/ 1
248 2/#+ 2  2N" 2  (/53 2 404 *!:: 4  ).42/ 1
249 2/#+ 2  RnB04 2  4%#( 2  3(&, 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  2N" 2  4%#( 2  3(&, 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  2N" 2  4%#( 2 407 3(&, 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  RnB07 2  4%#( 2 408 3(&, 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  RnB08 2  4%#( 2 409 3(&, 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  RnB09 2  4%#( 2 410 3+! 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  RnB10 2  4%#( 2 411 3+! 2  ).42/ 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  4%#( 2 412 3+! 2  %.$).' 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  4%#( 2  3+! 2  %.$).' 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  4%#( 2 414 REGG01 2  %.$).' 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  DnB01 2  REGG02 2  %.$).' 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  DnB02 2  2%'' 2  %.$).' 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  $N" 2 417 REGG04 2  %.$).' 1
 2/#+ 2  &5.+ 2  DnB04 2 418 !&2/ 2 470 %.$).' 1
 (2+ 2  &5.+ 2  $N" 2 419 !&2/ 2 471 #/5.4 2
 (2+ 2  &5.+ 2  $N" 2 420 !&2/ 2 472
| EMPTY 2
 (2+ 2  &5.+ 2  TRIP01 2 421 !&2/ 2 
 (2+ 2  &5.+ 2  TRIP02 2 422 !&2/ 2
 (2+ 2  &5.+ 2  42)0 2  !&2/ 2
 (2+ 2  ()0 2  TRIP04 2 424 !&2/ 2
 (2+ 2  ()0 2  AMB01 2  !&2/ 2
270 MTL01 2  ()0 2  AMB02 2  ,!4. 2
271 MTL02 2  ()0 2  !-" 2 427 ,!4. 2
272 -4, 2  ()0 2  AMB04 2 428 ,!4. 2
 MTL04 2  ()0 2  BALD01 2 429 ,!4. 2
274 4(23 2  ()0 2  BALD02 2  ,!4. 2
 4(23 2  ()0 2  "!,$ 2  ,!4. 2
 05.+ 2  ()0 2  BALD04 2  ,!4. 2
277 05.+ 2  ()0 2  "!,$ 2  ,!4. 2
278 &53 2  ()0 2  "!,$ 2  ,!4. 2
279 &53 2  ()0 2  BALD07 2  ,!4. 2
280 &53 2  ()0 2  BALD08 2  ,!4. 2

114
Effect types and parameters 1
Effect parameters
R24 Effect types and parameters

Insert effects
Clean/Crunch, Distortion, Aco/Bass SIM algorithms

s#/-0,)-)4%2MODULE
Type Parameters/Descriptions
Sense Attack Tone Level
Compressor
8,Ê Þ˜>Vœ“«ÊÌÞ«iÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀ°
Threshold Ratio Attack Level
Rack Comp
Compressor with more detailed adjustments.
Threshold Ratio Release Level
Limiter
Limiter for suppressing signal peaks above a certain level.

Parameter descriptions

Parameter Setting range Description


Sense äH£ä Adjusts compressor sensitivity.
Compressor: Fast, Slow Selects compressor response speed.
Attack
,>VŽÊ
œ“«\Ê£H£ä Adjusts compressor response speed.
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tonal quality.
Level ÓH£ää Adjusts signal level after passing module.
Threshold äHxä `ÕÃÌÃÊ̅ÀiŜ`ÊvœÀÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀɏˆ“ˆÌiÀÊ>V̈œ˜°
Ratio £H£ä `ÕÃÌÃÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀɏˆ“ˆÌiÀÊVœ“«ÀiÃȜ˜ÊÀ>̈œ°
`ÕÃÌÃÊ`i>ÞÊ՘̈ÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀɏˆ“ˆÌiÀÊÀii>ÃiÊ vÀœ“Ê ̈“iÊ Ü…i˜ÊÈ}˜>Ê
Release £H£ä
level falls below threshold level.

115
Effect types and parameters 2
s%&8MODULE

R24 Effect types and parameters


Type Parameters/Descriptions
Position Sense Resonance Level
!UTO7AH
Auto wah dependent on dynamics of input signal.
Depth Rate 7AVE Level
Tremolo
Periodically varies the volume level.
Position Rate Color Level
Phaser
Produces a swooshing sound.
Ring Position &REQUENCY Balance Level
Modulator Produces a metallic ringing sound. Adjusting the Frequency parameter results in a drastic change of sound character.
Position Time Curve Level
Slow Attack
Slows down the attack rate of the sound.
Position &REQUENCY Dry Mix Level RTM Mode 24-7AVE RTM Sync
&IX 7AH
Changes the wah frequency according to rhythm tempo.
Range Tone Level
Booster
Increases signal gain to make the sound more powerful.

Parameter descriptions

Parameter
Setting range Description
name
Position ivœÀi]ÊvÌiÀ -iÌÃÊVœ˜˜iV̈œ˜Ê«œÃˆÌˆœ˜ÊœvÊ 8ʓœ`ՏiÊ̜ÊLivœÀiʜÀÊ>vÌiÀÊ«Ài>“«°
Sense •£äH•£]Ê£H£ä Adjusts auto wah sensitivity.
Resonance äH£ä Adjusts resonance intensity.
Level ÓH£ää Adjusts signal level after passing through module.
Depth äH£ää Adjusts modulation depth.
Rate äHxäÊ Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>Li£® Adjusts modulation rate. Can be set in rhythm tempo note units.
-iÌÃʓœ`Տ>̈œ˜ÊÜ>ÛivœÀ“Ê̜ʺ1«»Ê­ÀˆÃˆ˜}ÊÃ>Ü̜œÌ…®]ʺ œÜ˜»Ê­v>ˆ˜}ÊÃ>Ü-
7AVE 1«Êä~™]Ê œÜ˜Êä~™]Ê/ÀˆÊä~™ ̜œÌ…®ÊœÀʺ/Àˆ»Ê­ÌÀˆ>˜}Տ>À®°Êˆ}…iÀÊÛ>ÕiÃÊÀiÃՏÌʈ˜ÊÃÌÀœ˜}iÀÊVˆ««ˆ˜}]Êi“«…>-
sizing the effect.
Color {-Ì>}i]Ên-Ì>Ìi]ʘÛiÀÌ{]ʘÛiÀÌn Selects sound type.
,ˆ˜}Êœ`Տ>̜À\Ê£Hxä Adjusts frequency used for modulation.
&REQUENCY
ˆÝ‡7>…\Ê£Hxä Adjusts wah center frequency.
Balance äH£ää Adjusts balance between original sound and effect sound.
Time £Hxä Adjusts rise time for sound.
Curve äH£ä Adjusts volume rise curve.
Dry Mix äH£ä Adjusts original sound mix ratio.
RTM Mode *£Ó{Ê/>LiÊÓ Adjusts change range and direction.
24-7AVE *£Ó{Ê/>LiÊÎ Selects control waveform.
RTM Sync Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ{® Adjusts control wave frequency.
Range £Hx Selects frequency range to boost.
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tone.

116
%FFECTTYPESANDPARAMETERS
s02%!-0MODULE
Type Parameters
R24 Effect types and parameters

&$#OMBO œ`ii`ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊi˜`iÀÊ/܈˜Ê,iÛiÀLÊ­¿Èxʓœ`i®Êv>ۜÀi`ÊLÞÊ}ՈÌ>ÀˆÃÌÃʜvʓ>˜ÞʓÕÈVÊÃÌޏiÃ
68#OMBO œ`ii`ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊVœ“LœÊ>“«Ê6"8Ê
‡Îäʜ«iÀ>̈˜}ʈ˜ÊV>ÃÃÊ
US Blues
À՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ ,Ê/Üii`Ê -- Ê
BG Crunch
À՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊiÃ>Ê œœ}ˆiÊŽÊVœ“LœÊ>“«
(73TACK œ`ii`ÊÜ՘`ʜvʏi}i˜`>ÀÞÊ>‡ÌÕLiʈÜ>ÌÌÊ
ÕÃ̜“Ê£ääÊvÀœ“Ê ÀˆÌ>ˆ˜
MS Crunch
À՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʜvʏi}i˜`>ÀÞÊ>ÀÅ>Ê£™x™
MS Drive ˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ>ÀÅ>Ê
ÓäääÊÃÌ>VŽÊ>“«
06$RIVE ˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ*i>ÛiÞÊx£xäÊ`iÛiœ«i`ʈ˜ÊVœœ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê܈̅Ê>ÊܜÀ`‡v>“œÕÃʅ>À`ÊÀœVŽÊ}ՈÌ>ÀˆÃÌ
$:$RIVE ˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ̅iÊ ˆiâiÊiÀLiÀÌʅ>˜`‡“>`iÊiÀ“>˜Ê}ՈÌ>ÀÊ>“«Ê܈̅Ê̅ÀiiÊÃi«>À>ÌiÞÊVœ˜ÌÀœ>LiÊV…>˜˜iÃ
BG Drive ˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊiÃ>Ê œœ}ˆiÊ Õ>Ê,iV̈vˆiÀÊÀi`ÊV…>˜˜iÊ­Ûˆ˜Ì>}iʓœ`i®
OverDrive œ`iˆ˜}ʜvÊ "--Ê" ‡£ÊivviVÌÊ«i`>Ê̅>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ̅iÊܜÀ`¿ÃÊvˆÀÃÌʜÛiÀ`ÀˆÛiÊivviVÌʜvʈÌÃʎˆ˜`Ê
T Scream -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊL>˜iâÊ/-nän]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃʏœÛi`ÊLÞʓ>˜ÞÊ}ՈÌ>ÀˆÃÌÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊLœœÃÌiÀÊ>˜`ʅ>Ãʈ˜Ã«ˆÀi`ʘՓiÀœÕÃÊVœ˜iÃ
Governor -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊÕÛ¿˜œÀÊ`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜ÊivviVÌÊvÀœ“Ê>ÀÅ>
Dist + -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊ8,Ê`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜³ÊivviVÌÊ̅>Ìʓ>`iÊ`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜Ê«œ«Õ>ÀÊܜÀ`܈`i
Dist 1 -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊ œÃÃÊ -‡£Ê`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜Ê«i`>]Ê܅ˆV…Ê…>ÃÊLii˜Ê>ʏœ˜}‡ÃiiÀ
Squeak -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊ*,"
"Ê,>ÌÊv>“œÕÃÊvœÀʈÌÃÊi`}ÞÊ`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜ÊÜ՘`
&UZZ3MILE Simulation of the Fuzz Face, which has made rock history with its humorous panel design and smashing sound
GreatMuff -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊ iVÌÀœ‡>À“œ˜ˆÝÊ ˆ}ÊÕvv]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃʏœÛi`ÊLÞÊv>“œÕÃÊ>À̈ÃÌÃÊ>ÀœÕ˜`Ê̅iÊܜÀ`ÊvœÀʈÌÃÊv>Ì]ÊÃÜiiÌÊvÕââÊÜ՘`Ê
-ETAL72,$ -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊ œÃÃÊiÌ>Ê<œ˜i]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃÊV…>À>VÌiÀˆâi`ÊLÞʏœ˜}ÊÃÕÃÌ>ˆ˜Ê>˜`Ê>Ê«œÜiÀvՏʏœÜiÀʓˆ`À>˜}i
(OT"OX Simulation of the compact Matchless Hotbox pre-amplifier with a built-in tube
:#LEAN ZOOM original unadorned clean sound
:7ILD A high gain sound with even more overdrive boost.
:-0 ˜ÊœÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊLÞʓiÀ}ˆ˜}ÊV…>À>VÌiÀˆÃ̈VÃʜvÊ>˜Ê Ê*£Ê>˜`Ê>Ê,-Ê
nää°
:"OTTOM A high gain sound that emphasizes low and middle frequencies
:$REAM ʅˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀʏi>`Ê«>ވ˜}ÊL>Ãi`ʜ˜Ê̅iÊiÃ>Ê œœ}ˆiÊ,œ>`ʈ˜}Ê-iÀˆiÃÊÊi>`ÊV…>˜˜iÊ
:3CREAM An original high gain sound balanced from low to high frequencies
:.EOS ÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʓœ`ii`ʜ˜Ê̅iÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ>ʓœ`ˆvˆi`Ê6"8Ê
Îä
Lead A bright and smooth distortion sound
ExtremeDS This distortion effect boasts the highest gain in the world
Top Body Level
Acoustic Sim
Makes an electric guitar sound like an acoustic guitar
Tone Level
Bass Sim
Makes an electric guitar sound like a bass guitar

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Gain äH£ää `ÕÃÌÃÊ«Ài>“«Ê}>ˆ˜Ê­`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜Êˆ˜Ìi˜ÃˆÌÞ®°
Tone äHÎä Adjusts tonal quality.
Matched Optimizes cabinet settings according to the drive effect type.
Combo -ˆ“Տ>ÌiÃÊÓÝ£ÓÊi˜`iÀÊVœ“LœÊ>“«ÊV>Lˆ˜iÌ°
Cabinet
Tweed -ˆ“Տ>ÌiÃÊ{Ý£äÊi˜`iÀÊ/Üii`Ê>“«ÊV>Lˆ˜iÌ°
Stack -ˆ“Տ>ÌiÃÊ{Ý£ÓÊ>ÀÅ>ÊÃÌ>VŽÊ>“«ÊV>Lˆ˜iÌ°
Level £H£ää Adjusts signal level after passing through module.
Top äH£ä Adjusts characteristic acoustic guitar string resonance.
Body äH£ä Adjusts characteristic acoustic guitar body resonance.

s"!.$%1MODULE
Type Parameters
Bass Low-Mid Middle Treble Presence (ARMONICS
"AND%1
/…ˆÃʈÃÊ>˜ÊiµÕ>ˆâiÀÊ܈̅ÊÈÊvÀiµÕi˜VÞÊL>˜`Ã

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Bass ‡£Ó` H£Ó` `ÕÃÌÃʏœÜÊvÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊ­£ÈäÊâ®ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌ°Ê
Low-Mid ‡£Ó` H£Ó` `ÕÃÌÃʓˆ`‡œÜ‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊ­{ääÊâ®ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌ°Ê
Middle ‡£Ó` H£Ó` `ÕÃÌÃʓˆ``i‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊ­nääÊâ®ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌ°
Treble ‡£Ó` H£Ó` `ÕÃÌÃʅˆ}…‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iʭΰÓʎâ®ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌ°Ê
Presence ‡£Ó` H£Ó` `ÕÃÌÃÊÃÕ«iÀ‡…ˆ}…‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}iÊ­È°{ʎâ®ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌÊ°Ê
(ARMONICS ‡£Ó` H£Ó` `ÕÃÌʅ>À“œ˜ˆVÃÊ­£Óʎâ®ÊLœœÃÌÉVÕÌ°Ê

117
Effect types and parameters 4
s-/$$%,!9MODULE
Type Parameters

R24 Effect types and parameters


Depth Rate Tone Mix
Chorus
Mixes a variable pitch-shifted component with the original sound, resulting in full-bodied resonating tone
Depth Rate Tone Mix
Ensemble
Chorus ensemble features three-dimensional movement
Depth Rate Resonance Manual
&LANGER
Produces a resonating and strongly undulating sound
Shift Tone &INE Balance
Pitch
Shifts the pitch up or down.
Depth Rate Tone Balance
6IBE
Adds automatic vibrato
Depth Rate Resonance Shape
Step
Special effect makes sound changes in steps.
Range Resonance Sense Balance
Cry
Changes sound like a talking modulator.
&REQUENCY Depth Low Boost
Exciter
˜…>˜ViÃÊ̅iÊÜ՘`ʜÕ̏ˆ˜i]ʓ>Žˆ˜}ʈÌʓœÀiÊ«Àœ“ˆ˜i˜Ì°
3IZE Reflex Tone Mix
Air
,iVÀi>ÌiÃÊ̅iÊ>ˆÀÞÊ>“Lˆi˜ViʜvÊ>ÊÀœœ“]Ê܈̅Ê>Êviiˆ˜}ʜvÊ`i«Ì…°
Time &EEDBACK (I$AMP Mix
Delay
i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʜvÊÓäääʓð
Time &EEDBACK (I$AMP Mix
Analog Delay
7>À“Ê>˜>œ}Ê`i>ÞÊȓՏ>̈œ˜Ê܈̅ÊÕ«Ê̜ÊÓäääʓÃiVÊ`i>Þʏi˜}̅°
Time &EEDBACK (I$AMP Balance
Reverse Delay
,iÛiÀÃiÊ`i>ÞÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Փʏi˜}̅ʜv£äääʓÃiV°Ê
Type Tone 24-7AVE RTM Sync
ARRM Pitch
Changes pitch of original sound in time with the rhythm tempo .

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
ÝVˆÌiÀ\ÊäHÎä Adjusts depth of effect.
Depth
"̅iÀ\ÊäH£ää Adjusts modulation depth.

…œÀÕÃ]Ê ˜Ãi“Li\Ê£Hxä Adjusts modulation speed.
Rate `ÕÃÌÃʓœ`Տ>̈œ˜Êëii`°Ê1Ș}Ê̅iÊÀ…Þ̅“ÊÌi“«œÊ>ÃÊÀiviÀi˜Vi]ÊÃiÌ-
>˜}iÀ]Ê6ˆLi]Ê-Ìi«\ÊäHxäÊ Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£®
ting in note units is also possible..
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tonal quality.
Mix äH£ää Adjusts mix ratio of effect sound to original sound.
Adjusts resonance intensity. Negative values result in reversed phase
>˜}iÀ\ʕ£äH£ä
Resonance for the effect sound.
-Ìi«]Ê
ÀÞ\ÊäH£ä Adjusts resonance intensity.
Manual äH£ää Adjust the frequency range that is effected.
Shift •£ÓH£Ó]ÊÓ{ Sets pitch shift in semitones.
&INE •ÓxHÓx -iÌÃÊ«ˆÌV…ÊňvÌʈ˜ÊVi˜ÌÃÊ­£É£ääÊÃi“ˆÌœ˜i®°Ê
Balance äH£ää >>˜ViÃÊivviVÌÊÜ՘`Ê>˜`ʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`°Ê
Shape äH£ä Sets effect sound envelope.
Range £H£ä Adjusts the frequency range that is affected.
Sense •£äH•£]Ê£H£ä Sets the sensitivity of the effect.
&REQUENCY £Hx Adjusts the frequencies that are effected.
Low Boost äH£ä “«…>ÈâiÃʏœÜ‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}i°Ê
3IZE £H£ää Sets size of simulated space.
Reflex äH£ä Adjusts the amount of reflections from the walls.
i>Þ]ʘ>œ}Ê i>Þ\Ê£HÓäääʓà ­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£®
Time Adjusts delay time.
,iÛiÀÃiÊ i>Þ\Ê£äH£äääʓÃÊ Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£®
&EEDBACK äH£ää Adjusts feedback amount.
(I$AMP äH£ä Adjusts the high-frequency attenuation of the delay sound.
Type *£Ó{Ê/>LiÊx Selects the type of pitch change.
24-7AVE *£Ó{Ê/>LiÊÎ Selects the wave shape of the effect.
RTM Sync *£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ{ Sets the frequency of the wave.

118
%FFECTTYPESANDPARAMETERS
s2%6%2"MODULE
Type Parameters
R24 Effect types and parameters

Decay PreDelay Tone Mix


(ALL
Simulates the acoustics of a concert hall
Decay PreDelay Tone Mix
Room
Simulates the acoustics of a room
Decay PreDelay Tone Mix
Spring
Simulates a spring reverb
Decay PreDelay Tone Mix
Arena
Simulates the acoustics of an arena-sized venue
Decay PreDelay Tone Mix
TiledRoom
Simulates the acoustics of a tiled room

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Decay £HÎä Adjusts reverb time.
PreDelay £H£ää Adjusts pre-delay time.
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tonal quality of effect.
Mix äH£ää Adjusts effect sound volume level.

s:.2MODULE
Type Setting Range Explanation
"vv]Ê£HÎä Adjusts sensitivity. Set value as high as possible without causing unnatural decay.
:.2
ZOOM original noise reduction for reducing noise during playing pauses without affecting the overall tone.

Bass algorithm

s#/-0,)-)4%2MODULE
Type Parameters
Rack Comp
œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Limiter

s%&8MODULE
Type Parameters
Position Sense Resonance Dry Mix Level
!UTO7AH
This effect varies the wah action according to the intensity of the input signal.
Tremolo
Phaser
Ring Modulator œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Slow Attack
&IX 7AH
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Position ivœÀi]ÊvÌiÀ -iÌÃʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊ«œÃˆÌˆœ˜Êœvʓœ`ՏiÊ̜ÊLivœÀiʜÀÊ>vÌiÀÊ*, *ʓœ`Տi°Ê
Sense q£äHq£]Ê£H£ä Adjusts auto wah sensitivity.
Resonance äH£ä Adjusts resonance intensity.
Dry Mix äH£ä Adjusts original sound mix ratio.
Level ÓH£ää Adjusts signal level after passing module.

s02%!-0MODULE
Type Parameters
364 -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ“«i}Ê-6/ÊÜ՘`°
Bassman -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊi˜`iÀÊ >ÃÓ>˜ÊÜ՘`°
(ARTKE -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ>À̎iÊÎxääÊÜ՘`°
Super Bass -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ>ÀÅ>Ê-Õ«iÀÊ >ÃÃÊÜ՘`°
3!.3!-0 -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ->˜Ã>“«Ê >ÃÃÊ ÀˆÛiÀÊ ÊÜ՘`°
Tube Preamp ZOOM original tube preamplifier sound.
Gain Tone Cabinet Balance Level
All preamp modules have the same parameters.

119
%FFECTTYPESANDPARAMETERS
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation

R24 Effect types and parameters


Gain äH£ää `ÕÃÌÃÊ«Ài>“«Ê}>ˆ˜Ê­`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜Ê`i«Ì…®°Ê
Tone äHÎä Adjusts tonal quality of effect.
Cabinet äHÓÊ Adjusts intensity of speaker cabinet sound.
Balance äH£ää Adjusts mix balance of signal before and after module.
Level £H£ää Adjusts signal level after passing through module.

s"!.$%1MODULE
Type Parameters
Bass Middle Treble Level
"AND%1
This equalizer has three bands.
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Bass •£Ó` H£Ó` œœÃÌÃÉVÕÌÃʏœÜ‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}i°Ê
Middle •£Ó` H£Ó` œœÃÌÃÉVÕÌÃʓˆ``i‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}i°Ê
Treble •£Ó` H£Ó` œœÃÌÃÉVÕÌÃʅˆ}…‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}i°Ê
Level ÓH£ää Adjusts signal level after passing through module.

s-/$$%,!9MODULE
Type Parameters
Chorus
Ensemble
&LANGER
Pitch
6IBE
Step
Cry œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Exciter
Air
Delay
Analog Delay
Reverse Delay
ARRM Pitch

s:.2MODULE
Type Parameters
:.2 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ

Mic algorithm

s#/-0,)-)4%2MODULE
Type Parameters
Rack Comp
œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Limiter

s%&8MODULE
Type Parameters
Tremolo
Phaser
Ring Modulator œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Slow Attack
&IX 7AH

s-)#02%MODULE
Type Parameters
Type Tone Level De-Esser Low Cut
Mic Pre
This is a preamplifier for use with external microphones.

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting Range Explanation
Type 6œV>]ÊVœÕÃ̈VÌ]ʏ>Ì Selects preamp characteristics.
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tonal quality of effect.
Level £H£ää Adjusts signal level after passing through module.
De-Esser "vv]Ê£H£ä Sets the reduction of sibilant sounds.
Low Cut "vv]ÊnäHÓ{äâ Sets filter that reduces low-frequency noise easily picked up by mics.

120
Effect types and parameters 7
s"!.$%1MODULE
Type Parameters
R24 Effect types and parameters

"AND%1 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ̅iÊ --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê

s-/$$%,!9MODULE
Type Parameters
Chorus
Ensemble
&LANGER
Pitch
6IBE
Step
Cry œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Exciter
Air
Delay
Analog Delay
Reverse Delay
ARRM Pitch

s:.2MODULE
Type Parameters
:.2 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ

DUAL MIC algorithm

s#/-0,)-)4%2,MODULE
Type Parameters
Threshold Ratio Attack Level
Compressor
,i`ÕViÃÊÛ>Àˆ>̈œ˜Êˆ˜ÊÈ}˜>ÊiÛi°Ê
Threshold Ratio Release Level
Limiter
Attenuates signals that exceed a certain level.
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Threshold qÓ{Hä `ÕÃÌÃÊ̅ÀiŜ`ʏiÛiÊœvÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀɏˆ“ˆÌiÀ°

œ“«ÀiÃÜÀ\Ê£HÓÈ
Ratio `ÕÃÌÃÊVœ“«ÀiÃȜ˜ÊÀ>̈œÊœvÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀɏˆ“ˆÌiÀ°
ˆ“ˆÌiÀ\Ê£Hx{]Ê∞
Attack äH£ä Adjusts speed that at which the compressor is activated.
Level ÓH£ää Adjusts module output level.
Release äH£ä Adjusts speed of limiter release after signal falls below threshold level.

s-)#02%!-0,MODULE
Type Parameters
Mic Pre For an explanation of types and parameters, see MIC algorithm.

s"!.$%1,MODULE
Type Parameters
"AND%1 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê

s$%,!9,MODULE
Type Parameters
Time &EEDBACK Mix
Delay
i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʜvÊÓäääʓð
Time &EEDBACK Mix
Echo
7>À“Ê`i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʜvÊÓäääʓð
Time Tone Mix
Doubling
œÕLˆ˜}ÊivviVÌÊ̅>ÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊLœ`ÞÊLÞÊ>``ˆ˜}Ê>ÊŜÀÌÊ`i>Þ°
Parameter descriptions
Parameter
Setting range Explanation
name
i>Þ]Ê V…œ\Ê£HÓäää“ÃÊ Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£®
Time Adjusts delay time.
œÕLˆ˜}\Ê£H£ää“Ã
&EEDBACK äH£ää Adjusts feedback amount.
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tonal quality of effect.
Mix äH£ää Adjusts mix ratio of effect sound to original sound.

121
Effect types and parameters 8
s#/-0,)-)4%22MODULE
Type Parameters

R24 Effect types and parameters


Compressor
œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
"*É/ ,ÊÊ>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê
Limiter

s-)#02%!-02MODULE
Type Parameters
Mic Pre For an explanation of types and parameters, see MIC algorithm.

s"!.$%12MODULE
Type Parameters
"AND%1 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê

s$%,!92MODULE
Type Parameters
Delay
Echo œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ 9Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê
Doubling

s:.2MODULE
Type Parameters
:.2, œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
:.22 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ

Stereo algorithm
s#/-0,)-)4%2MODULE
Type Parameters
Compressor
œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ 1Ê
Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê
Limiter
Character Color Dist Tone %&8,EVEL Dry Level
,O &I
This effect intentionally reduces the quality of the sound.

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Character äH£ä Adjusts filter characteristics.
Color £H£ä Adjusts sound color.
Dist äH£ä Adjusts distortion.
Tone äH£ä Adjusts tonal quality of effect.
%&8,EVEL äH£ää Adjusts effect sound level.
Dry Level äH£ää Adjusts original sound level.

s)3/-)#-/$%,MODULE
Type Parameters
Xover Lo 8OVER(I -IX(IGH Mix Mid Mix Low
Isolator
ˆÛˆ`iÃÊ̅iÊÈ}˜>Êˆ˜ÌœÊ̅ÀiiÊvÀiµÕi˜VÞÊL>˜`ÃÊ>˜`Ê>œÜÃÊ̅iʓˆÝÊ>“œÕ˜ÌʜvÊi>V…ÊL>˜`Ê̜ÊLiÊ>`ÕÃÌi`ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÞ°
Mic Type
Mic Modeling
Changes built-in mi characteristics.
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Xover Lo xäâH£ÈŽâ Adjusts low-to-mid crossover frequency.
8OVER(I xäâH£ÈŽâ Adjusts mid-to-high crossover frequency.
-IX(IGH "vv]ÊqÓ{ÊHÈ Adjusts high frequency range mix level.
Mix Mid "vv]ÊqÓ{ÊHÈ Adjusts mid frequency range mix level.
Mix Low "vv]ÊqÓ{ÊHÈ Adjusts low frequency range mix level.
-ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ-xÇʓˆV]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊiiVÌÀˆVÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÃÊ>˜`Ê
-xÇ
other analog instruments.
-ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ {ӣʫÀœviÃȜ˜>ÊÃÌ>˜`>À`ʓˆVÊ̅>ÌʈÃʈ˜`ˆÃ«i˜Ã>Liʈ˜Ê
 {Ó£
broadcasting, recording and live performances.
Mic Type
-ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ1nÇ]Ê>ÊVœ˜`i˜ÃiÀÊÌÞ«iʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÊ̅>ÌÊÃiÌÃÊÃÌ>˜`>À`ÃÊ
1nÇ
and is used in studios worldwide.
-ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ
{£{]Ê>Êv>“œÕÃʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iʅˆ}…ÞÊÌÀÕÃÌi`ʈ˜ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê

{£{
situations.

122
Effect types and parameters 9

s"!.$%1MODULE
R24 Effect types and parameters

Type Parameters
"AND%1 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê

s-/$$%,!9MODULE
Type Parameters
Depth Rate Mix
Chorus
Mixes a variable pitch-shifted component with the original sound, resulting in full-bodied resonating tone.
Depth Rate Resonance
&LANGER
Produces a resonating and strongly undulating sound.
Rate Color ,&/3HIFT
Phaser
Produces a swooshing sound.
Depth Rate Clip
Tremolo
Periodically varies the volume level.
7IDTH Rate Clip
Auto Pan
Swings the panning position of the sound between left and right.
Shift Tone &INE Balance
Pitch
Shifts the pitch up or down.
Ring Modulator œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
Time &EEDBACK Mix
Delay
i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʜvÊÓäääʓð
Time &EEDBACK Mix
Echo
7>À“Ê`i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Õ“ÊÃiÌ̈˜}ʜvÊÓäääʓð
Time Tone Mix
Doubling
œÕLˆ˜}ÊivviVÌÊ܅ˆV…ÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊLœ`ÞÊLÞÊ>``ˆ˜}Ê>ÊŜÀÌÊ`i>Þ°
Rise1 Rise2
Dimension
Ý«>˜`ÃÊÜ՘`Êë>̈>Þ°
Depth &REQ/&34 Rate &ILTER Resonance %&8,EVEL Dry Level
Resonance
,iܘ>˜ÌÊvˆÌiÀÊ܈̅Ê"°

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Depth äH£ää Adjusts modulation depth.
Adjusts resonance intensity. Negative values result in reversed phase
Resonance •£äH£ä
for the effect sound.
Color {-Ì>}i]Ên-Ì>}i]ʘÛiÀÌ{]ʘÛiÀÌn Selects sound type.
,&/3HIFT äH£nä `ÕÃÌÃʏivÌÉÀˆ}…ÌÊ«…>ÃiÊňvÌ°
7IDTH äH£ä Adjusts auto pan width.
`ÕÃÌÃʓœ`Տ>̈œ˜Êëii`°Ê1Ș}Ê̅iÊÀ…Þ̅“ÊÌi“«œÊ>ÃÊÀiviÀi˜Vi]ÊÃiÌ-
Rate äHxäÊ Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£®
ting in note units is also possible.
Clip äH£ä Adds emphasis by clipping the modulation waveform.
Shift £ÓH£Ó]ÊÓ{ Adjusts the pitch shift in semitones.
i>Þ]Ê V…œ\Ê£HÓäää“ÃÊ Ê­*£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£®
Time Adjusts delay time.
œÕLˆ˜}\Ê£H£ää“Ã
&EEDBACK äH£ää Adjusts feedback amount.
Mix H£ää Adjusts mix ratio of effect sound to original sound.
Tone H£ä Adjusts tonal quality of effect.
&INE qÓxHÓx `ÕÃÌÃÊ̅iÊ«ˆÌV…ÊňvÌʈ˜ÊVi˜ÌÃÊ­£É£ääÊÃi“ˆÌœ˜i®°Ê
Balance äH£ää Adjust balance between original sound and effect sound.
Rise1 äHÎä Adjusts stereo component intensity.
Rise2 äHÎä Adjusts width including mono elements.
&REQ/&34 £HÎä Adjusts LFO offset.
&ILTER *]Ê*]Ê * Selects filter type.
Resonance £HÎä Adjusts resonance intensity.
%&8,EVEL äH£ää Adjusts effect sound level.
Dry Level äH£ää Adjusts original sound level.

s:.2MODULE
Type Parameters
:.2 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ð

123
Effect types and parameters 10
Parameters marked with Ê>œÜÊÛ>ÕiÃÊ̜ÊLiÊÃiÌʈ˜Ê˜œÌiÊ՘ˆÌÃ]ÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊܘ}É«>ÌÌiÀ˜ÊÌi“«œÊ>ÃÊÀiviÀi˜Vi°Ê
Table 1 The note durations for the setting values are shown below.

R24 Effect types and parameters


ÎӘ`ʘœÌiÊ œÌÌi`Ê£È̅ʘœÌiÊ œÌÌi`Ên̅ʘœÌiÊ i>Þ]Ê ˜>œ}Ê i>ÞÊ
>˜`Ê V…œÊ V>˜Ê ÕÃiÊ
£È̅ʘœÌiÊ n̅ʘœÌiÊ +Õ>ÀÌiÀʘœÌiÊ : Õ«Ê̜ÊÝn°
,iÛiÀÃiÊ i>ÞÊ V>˜Ê
+Õ>ÀÌiÀʘœÌiÊÌÀˆ«iÌÊ Half note triplet œÌÌi`ʵÕ>ÀÌiÀʘœÌiÊ ÕÃiÊÕ«Ê̜ÊÝ{°
NOTE
UÊ/…iʘœÌiÊÀ>˜}iÊ>VÌÕ>ÞÊ>Û>ˆ>LiÊ`i«i˜`Ãʜ˜Ê̅iÊ«>À>“iÌiÀ°Ê
UÊ i«i˜`ˆ˜}ʜ˜Ê̅iÊVœ“Lˆ˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌi“«œÊÃiÌ̈˜}Ê>˜`ÊÃiiVÌi`ʘœÌiÊÃޓLœ]Ê̅iÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÊÛ>Àˆ>̈œ˜ÊÀ>˜}iÊVœÕ`ÊLiÊiÝVii`i`°Ê˜ÊÃÕV…Ê>Ê
V>Ãi]Ê̅iÊÛ>ÕiʈÃÊ>Õ̜“>̈V>Þʅ>Ûi`Ê­œÀÊÃiÌÊ̜ʣÉ{ʈvÊ̅iÊÀ>˜}iʈÃÊÃ̈ÊiÝVii`i`®°

Table 2 Table 5
Setting Explanation
Off Frequency does not change.
Setting Explanation
Frequency changes from minimum to maximum
Up 1 £ÊÃi“ˆÌœ˜iʏœÜiÀÊ→ original sound
along with the controlling waveform.
2 Original sound →Ê£ÊÃi“ˆÌœ˜iʏœÜiÀ
Frequency changes from maximum to minimum
Down  œÕLˆ˜}Ê→ detune + original sound
along with the controlling waveform.
Frequency changes from patch setting to maximum 4 iÌ՘iʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`Ê→ doubling
(I
along with the controlling waveform.  Original sound →ʣʜVÌ>Ûiʅˆ}…iÀ
Frequency changes from minimum to patch setting  £ÊœVÌ>Ûiʅˆ}…iÀÊ→ original sound
Lo
along with the controlling waveform. 7 Original sound →ÊÓʜVÌ>ÛiÃʏœÜiÀ
8 ÓʜVÌ>ÛiÃʏœÜiÀÊ→ original sound
Table 3 £ÊœVÌ>Ûiʅˆ}…iÀʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`Ê→ʣʜVÌ>ÛiʏœÜiÀʳÊ
9
original sound
Setting Explanation Setting Explanation
Complete fifth down + original sound → complete
Up Saw Rising sawtooth wave Tri Triangular wave 10
fourth up + original sound
5P&IN ,ˆÃˆ˜}Êvˆ˜ÊÜ>Ûi TrixTri Squared triangular wave
Complete fourth up + original sound → complete fifth
DownSaw Falling sawtooth wave Sine Sine wave 11
down + original sound
$OWN&IN Falling fin wave Square Square wave 12 äÊâʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`Ê→ʣʜVÌ>ÛiÊÕ«
 £ÊœVÌ>ÛiÊÕ«Ê→ÊäÊâʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`
Table 4 14 äÊâʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`Ê→ʣʜVÌ>ÛiÊիʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`
Setting Explanation Setting Explanation
 £ÊœVÌ>ÛiÊիʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`Ê→ÊäÊâʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`
n̅ʘœÌiÊ 1 bar £Ê“i>ÃÕÀi
 £ÊœVÌ>ÛiÊիʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`Ê→ÊäÊâʳʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>ÊÜ՘`
+Õ>ÀÌiÀʘœÌiÊ 2 bars Óʓi>ÃÕÀiÃ
Half note BARS Îʓi>ÃÕÀiÃ
œÌÌi`ʅ>vʘœÌiÊ 4 bars {ʓi>ÃÕÀiÃ

8x Comp EQ algorithm
Module 1~8
Unit Type Setting range Explanation
näHÓ{äâ Sets the cut off frequency.
(0&&REQ HPF
This filter cuts low frequencies and passes high-frequencies.
,>VŽÊ
œ“«
Comp Type œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
Limiter

"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ
%14YPE -iiÊ̅iÊ --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ÊvœÀÊ`iÌ>ˆÃ°Ê

Mastering algorithm
s#/-0,O &IMODULE
Type Parameters
Xover Lo 8OVER(I 3ENSE(I Sense Mid Sense Low -IX(IGH Mix Mid Mix Low
"AND#OMP

œ“«ÀiÃÜÀÊ̅>ÌÊ`ˆÛˆ`iÃÊÈ}˜>Êˆ˜ÌœÊÎÊL>˜`ÃÊ̅>ÌÊV>˜ÊLiÊVœ“«ÀiÃÃi`Ê>˜`ʓˆÝi`ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÞ°Ê
,O &I œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ̅iÊ-/ , "Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Xover Lo xäâH£ÈŽâ Adjusts low-to-mid crossover frequency.
8OVER(I xäâH£ÈŽâ Adjusts mid-to-high crossover frequency.
3ENSE(I äHÓ{ Adjusts high range compressor sensitivity.
Sense Mid äHÓ{ Adjusts mid range compressor sensitivity.
Sense Low äHÓ{ Adjusts low range compressor sensitivity.
-IX(IGH "vv]ʕÓ{HÈ Adjusts high frequency range mix level.
Mix Mid "vv]ʕÓ{HÈ Adjusts mid frequency range mix level.
Mix Low "vv]ʕÓ{HÈ Adjusts low frequency range mix level.

124
Effect types and parameters 11
s./2-!,):%2MODULE
Type Parameters
R24 Effect types and parameters

Gain
.ORMALIZER
`ÕÃÌÃÊ
"*Éœ‡ˆÊ“œ`Տiʈ˜«ÕÌʏiÛi°°Ê
Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Gain •£ÓH£Ó Adjusts level.

s"!.$%1MODULE
Type Parameters
"AND%1 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ --Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°Ê

s$)-%.3)/.2%3/MODULE
Type Parameters
Dimension
œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ̅iÊ-/ , "Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“°°
Resonance

s:.2MODULE
Type Parameters
:.2 œÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«>˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊÌÞ«iÃÊ>˜`Ê«>À>“iÌiÀÃ]ÊÃiiÊ
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê
"É --Ê-Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“ðÊ

Send-return effects
s#(/253$%,!9MODULE
Type Parameters
,&/4YPE Depth Rate Pre Delay %&8,EVEL
Chorus
Mixes a variable pitch-shifted component with the original sound, resulting in full-bodied resonating tone.
Time &EEDBACK (I$AMP Pan %&8,EVEL Rev Send
Delay
i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ܈̅Ê>ʓ>݈“Õ“Ê`i>ÞʜvÊÓäääʓð

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
,&/4YPE Mono, Stereo Sets LFO phase to mono or stereo.
Depth äH£ää Adjusts effect depth.
Rate £Hxä Adjusts modulation speed.
Pre Delay £HÎä Adjusts pre-delay time.
%&8,EVEL äH£ää Adjusts effect sound level.
Rev Send äHÎä Adjusts delay sound reverb send level.
Time £HÓäää“ÃÊ Ê­£Ó{Ê/>LiÊ£® Adjusts delay time.
&EEDBACK äH£ää Adjusts feedback amount.
(I$AMP äH£ä Adjusts amount high-frequency range in delay sound is reduced.
Pan ivÌ£äHivÌ£]Ê
i˜ÌiÀ]Ê,ˆ}…Ì£H,ˆ}…Ì£ä Adjusts delay sound panning.

s2%6%2"MODULE
Type Parameters
(ALL Simulates the acoustics of a concert hall.
Room Simulates the acoustics of a room.
Pre Delay Decay %1(IGH %1,OW E.R.Mix %&8,EVEL
>Ê>˜`Ê,œœ“Ê…>ÛiÊ̅iÊÃ>“iÊ«>À>“iÌiÀð
Spring Simulates a spring reverb.
Plate Simulates a plate reverb.
Pre Delay Decay %1(IGH %1,OW %&8,EVEL
Spring and Plate have the same parameters.

Parameter descriptions
Parameter Setting range Explanation
Pre Delay £H£ää Adjusts pre-delay time.
Decay £HÎä Adjusts reverb time.
%1(IGH •£ÓHÈ Adjusts volume of high-frequency range effect sound.
%1,OW •£ÓHÈ Adjusts volume of low-frequency range effect sound.
E.R.Mix äHÎä Adjusts mix ratio of initial reflections.
%&8,EVEL äHÎä Adjusts effect sound level.

125
Effect patch list 1
Effect patch list

R24 Effect types and parameters


Insert effects
Clean/Crunch algorithm
.O Patch

name Description
0 :#,%!. ZOOM original unadorned clean sound
1 :#(/253 -œÕ˜`ÊVœ“Lˆ˜iÃʸ<Ê
  ¸Ê܈̅ʸ
…œÀÕøÊvœÀÊ>ÊVi>ÀÊÜ՘`Ê̅>ÌʈÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊ>À«i}}ˆœÃÊ
2 &D#LEAN
i>˜‡VÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊi˜`iÀÊ/܈˜Ê,iÛiÀLÊL>VŽÊ«>˜iÊœÛi`ÊLÞÊ}ՈÌ>ÀˆÃÌÃʜvÊÛ>ÀˆœÕÃÊ}i˜ÀiÃ
 6X#RUNCH ÀˆÌˆÃ…ÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ>Ê6"8Ê
Îäʜ«iÀ>̈˜}ʈ˜Ê
>ÃÃÊ
4 47%%$ i˜`iÀÊ >ÃÓ>˜ÊÀiVÀi>̈œ˜Ê`ÀÞÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê>ÊÃՈÌ>LiÊ>“œÕ˜ÌʜvÊÃÕÃÌ>ˆ˜
 BgCrunch iÃ>É œœ}ˆiÊÊVœ“LœÊ>“«ÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`
 (W,IGHT ˆÜ>ÌÌÊ
ÕÃ̜“Ê£ääÊvÀœ“ÊVi>˜Ê̜ÊVÀ՘V…
7 MsCrunch >ÀÅ>Ê£™x™ÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`ÊLiVœ“iÃÊVi>˜iÀÊ>ÃÊ̅iÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÊۜÕ“iʈÃÊÀi`ÕVi`
8 (W#RUNCH ˆÜ>ÌÌÊ
ÕÃ̜“Ê£ääÊv>ÌÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`
9 *-,EAD
œ“«ÀiÃÃi`ʏi>`ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊœ…˜Ê>ÞiÀ¿ÃʸÀ>ۈÌÞ¸
10 BS Riff Àˆ>˜Ê-iÌâiÀ¿ÃÊÀœVŽ>LˆÞÊÜ՘`ÊvÀœ“Ê̅iÊ-ÌÀ>ÞÊ
>Ìÿʸ,œVŽÊ/…ˆÃÊ/œÜ˜¸Ê
11 "2/4(%2 iœÀ}iÊ i˜Ãœ˜¿ÃÊ՘ˆµÕiÊv>Ìʍ>ââÊÜ՘`ʈÃʓiœÜÊ>˜Ê܈̅Ê>˜Ê>ÌÌ>VŽ
12 Edge Àˆ}…ÌÊ>˜`ÊVi>˜ÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê1ÓÊ}ՈÌ>ÀˆÃÌÊ/…iÊ `}i¿ÃÊvˆ˜iÞÊV>VՏ>Ìi`Ê`i>ÞÊ>``i`Ê
 ClnStep -«iVˆ>ÊivviVÌÊÜ՘`Ê̅>Ìʈ“>}ˆ˜iÃÊÜ>ÌiÀÊÕȘ}ʸ<Ê
  ¸Ê>˜`ʸ-Ìi«¸Ê
14 CutPhase Phase sound with great attack is perfect for cutting guitar and other playing techniques
 Ambient
œ“Lˆ˜>̈œ˜Êœvʸ-œÜÊÌÌ>VŽ¸Ê>˜`Ê`i>ÞÊ̜ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>˜Ê>“Lˆi˜ÌÊÜ՘`
 Space
œ“Lˆ˜>̈œ˜Êœvʸ,iÛiÀÃiÊ i>Þ¸Ê>˜`Ê«…>ÃiÀÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>ÊVi>˜ÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê܈`̅
17 &D#OMP i˜`iÀÊ/܈˜Ê,iÛiÀLÊ>˜`ÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀÊVi>˜ÊÜ՘`Ê}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊVÕÌ̈˜}Ê}ՈÌ>ÀÊ
18 &D7AH Õ̜‡Ü>…Ê«>ÌV…Ê܈̅Ê̅iʘ>ÌÕÀ>Ê`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜ÊœvÊ>˜Ê Ê
œ“LœÊ>“«Ê>``i`Ê>ÃÊ̅iÊÃiVÀiÌʈ˜}Ài`ˆi˜Ì
19 S309 ˆâ>ÀÀiÊÜ՘`Êȓˆ>ÀÊ̜Ê>ÊÈä¿ÃÊëÞʓœÛˆi
20 &LOWER
œ“Lˆ˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ«…>ÃiÀÊ>˜`ʸ6ˆLi¸ÊVÀ>ÌiÃÊ>Ê«ÃÞV…i`iˆVÊܜÀ`ÞÊÜ՘`
21-29 Empty

Distortion algorithm
.O Patch

name Description
0 MsDrive >ÀÅ>Ê£™x™Ê`ÀˆÛiÊÜ՘`Ê̅>ÌÊvœœÜÃÊۜÕ“iÊV…>˜}iÃÊ>˜`Ê«ÀœÛˆ`iÃʜÕÌÃÌ>˜`ˆ˜}Ê`ޘ>“ˆVÃ
1 MdRhythm >ÀÅ>Ê
ÓäääÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀÊL>VŽˆ˜}Ê«>ÀÌÃʈÃʅi>ÛÞ]ÊLÕÌÊÃ̈Ê…>ÃÊ̅iÊ՘ˆµÕiÊ>ÀÅ>ÊÜ՘`
2 PvRhythm *i>ÛiÞÊx£xäÊL>VŽˆ˜}Ê«>ÀÌÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅ÊLˆÌiÊ̅>ÌÊÃÌ>˜`ÃʜÕÌÊ܅i˜ÊÀˆvvˆ˜}Êv>ÃÌÊ
 $Z2HYTHM ˆiâiÊiÀLiÀÌÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀʅi>ÛÞÊL>VŽˆ˜}Ê«>ÀÌÃ
4 Recti 1˜ˆµÕiÊ«œÜiÀvՏÊ̅ˆVŽÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ̅iÊ -É "" Ê,iV̈vˆiÀÊ
 &ULL6X -œÕ˜`ʜvÊ6œÝÊ
ÎäÊ>ÌÊvՏÊۜÕ“iÊ܈̅ÊÀœœ“ÊÀiÛiÀLÊ̅>ÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>ÊLœÝÞÊviiˆ˜}°
 TexasMan /iÝ>ÃÊLÕiÃÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ>Êi˜`iÀÊ >ÃÓ>˜Ê܈̅Ê̅iÊۜÕ“iÊ>Ê̅iÊÜ>ÞÊÕ«
7 BgLead  -É "" ʏÊLi>ṎvՏÊ`ÀˆÛiÊÜ՘`Ê}Ài>ÌÊvœÀʏi>`Ê«>ÞÊ܈̅ʏœ˜}ÊÃÕÃÌ>ˆ˜
8 &AT/D >ÌÕÀ>ÊœÛiÀ`ÀˆÛi˜ÊÜ՘`ÃʏˆŽiÊ" ‡£ÊÜˆÌ…Ê +Ê>˜`ÊV>˜ÊLiÊÕÃi`ÊL>VŽˆ˜}Ê«>ÀÌÊ>˜`Ê܏œÃÊ
9 TsDrive Tube Screamer overdrive good for all around use
10 GvDrive ÕÛ¿˜œÀÊ«i`>ÊˆÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊvœÀʅ>À`ÊÀœVŽÊÜ՘`
11 dist+ ÀˆÛiÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜
12 DS1 -‡£ÊÜ՘`ʓœ`ˆvˆi`Ê܈̅ÊiÝÌÀ>ʏœÜÊi˜`
 RAT 7iÊÃÕÃÌ>ˆ˜i`ʏi>`ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ,/
14 &AT&ACE ÕââÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Êi˜…>˜Vi`Ê1<<Ê
ʏœÜÊi˜`
 MuffDrv Ê1ʅˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`
 -7ORLD Shrapnel-style guitarist sound using Metal Zone
17 (/4$26 ˆ`Ê`ÀˆÛi˜ÊÜ՘`ʓ>`iÊLÞÊ̅iÊÌÕLiÊÃ>ÌÕÀ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ"/Ê "8ÊÌÕLiÃ
18 :.%/3 ,iVÀi>̈œ˜Êœvʓœ`ˆvˆi`Ê6"8Ê
ÎäÊVÀi>“ÞÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`°
19 :7),$ ZOOM's original hard overdrive sound with extra boost creates a compressed feeling
20 :-0 ÞLÀˆ`ÊÜ՘`ÊvÀœ“ÊVœ“Lˆ˜>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ Ê*£Ê>˜`Ê>ÀÅ>Ê
nää
21 :"OTTOM <""ʜÀˆ}ˆ˜>Ê…ˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅ÊÀˆV…Ê“ˆ`ÃÊ>˜`ʏœÜÃÊ̅>ÌʈÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊnä¿ÃʓiÌ>
22 :$2%!- ZOOM original high gain sound great for leads
 :3#2%!- ZOOM original high gain sound with balanced low to high frequencies cuts through mix
24 LEAD ZOOM's classic lead sound with strong mid-boost and long sustain necessary for soloing
 EXT DS ÝÌÀi“iÊ`ˆ}ˆÌ>Ê`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜Ê̅>ÌÊ«ÕÅiÃÊ̅iʏˆ“ˆÌÃÊ
 EC LEAD ,iVÀi>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ ÀˆVÊ
>«Ìœ˜¿Ãʸ>ޏ>¸Êi>`Êi˜`iÀÊVÀ՘V…ÊÜ՘`ʈÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÃÊ܈̅ÊȘ}i‡VœˆÊ«ˆVŽÕ«Ã°
27 *IMI&UZZ ˆ“ˆÊi˜`ÀˆÝÊ«…>ÃiÊÜ՘`ÊȓՏ>ÌiÃÊ"VÌ>ۈ>ÊÕȘ}ʸ*ˆÌV…-/¸Ê
28 DT Slide /ˆ}…ÌÊÌÕLi‡>“«ÊÜ՘`ʜvÊ¿¿i>ۈ˜}Ê/À՘Ž¸ÊLÞÊ iÀiŽÊ/ÀÕVŽÃ
29 +#3OLO ˆÀÛ>˜>ʸ-“iÃʈŽiÊ/ii˜Ê-«ˆÀˆÌ¸ÊÜ՘`

126
Effect patch list 2
 Every BG Õ``ÞÊÕÞ½ÃÊLÕiÃÊÜ՘`ʈÃÊ`ÀÞÊ>˜`ʜÛiÀ`ÀˆÛi˜Ê>˜`Ê>``ÃÊVœœÀÊ̜Ê>˜ÞÊLÕiÃʏˆVŽ
 %6( >ÀÞÊ ``ˆiÊ6>˜Ê>i˜ÊÜ՘`Ê
R24 Effect types and parameters

 BrianDrv Àˆ>˜Ê>ÞÊ`ÀˆÛiÊÜ՘`ÊÀiVÀi>Ìi`ÊÕȘ}ʸ<Ê iœÃ»


 RitchStd -œÕ˜`Ê̅>ÌÊ ii«Ê*ÕÀ«i½ÃÊ,ˆÌV…ˆiÊ >VŽ“œÀiÊÕÃi`ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʺ>V…ˆ˜iÊi>`»Ê
 Carlos -“œœÌ…ÊÜ՘`ÊÕÃi`ÊLÞÊ
>ÀœÃÊ->˜Ì>˜>ʈ˜Ê>LՓÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊÀiVÀi>Ìi`ÊÕȘ}ʸ Ê
À՘V…¸
 0ETE(7 Pete Townshend crunch sound using Hiwatt with clean amp turned all the way up for a powerful tone
 *74ALK ,iVÀi>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊÌ>ŽLœÝÊÜ՘`ÊÕÃi`ÊLÞÊœiÊ7>Ã…ʈ˜Ê…ˆÃʺ,œVŽÞʜ՘Ì>ˆ˜Ê7>Þ»Ê܏œ
 +STONE iˆÌ…Ê,ˆV…>À`ýÃÊV>ÃÈVʈ˜ÌÀœÊÜ՘`ÊV>˜ÊLiʅi>À`ʈ˜Ê/…iÊ,œˆ˜}Ê-̜˜iýʺ->̈Ãv>V̈œ˜»
 RR Mtl nä½ÃÊiÌ>ÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê`ˆÃ̈˜V̈Ûiʓˆ`À>˜}iÊL>Ãi`ʜ˜Ê̅iÊiÌ>Ê<œ˜iÊ
 36,%!$ Stack sound that boldly cuts through the midrange is good for huge guitar solos
40 Monster Weird tone that mixes a heavy sound with a doubling an octave down
41 &AT-S ÀˆÛiÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê`iÌ՘ˆ˜}Ê>``i`Ê̜Ê̅ˆVŽi˜Ê̅iÊÜ՘`ʈÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊ«œÜiÀÊV…œÀ`ÃÊ>˜`ÊL>VŽˆ˜}Ê«>ÀÌÃÊ
42 3LOW&LG iÌÊÜ՘`ÊVœ“Lˆ˜ˆ˜}ʸ-œÜÊÌÌ>VŽ¸Ê܈̅Êv>˜}iÀÊ
 $MG&UZZ *ÃÞV…i`iˆVÊ̜˜iÊ̅>ÌÊ>``Ãʺ,ˆ˜}Êœ`Տ>̜À»Ê̜ÊvÕââÊÜ՘`Ê̅>ÌÊVÕÌÃÊvˆiÀViÞÊ̅ÀœÕ}…ʏœÜÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃ
44 2ECTI7AH œ`ʅˆ}…Ê}>ˆ˜ÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê>Õ̜‡Ü>…Ê>˜`Ê>ÊŜÀÌÊ`i>ÞÊ>``i`Ê
  Empty

Aco/Bass SIM algorithm


.O Patch

name Description
0 Ensemble œÀ}iœÕÃÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê`ii«Êi˜Ãi“LiÊivviVÌ°
1 Delay LD Lively acoustic guitar sound for lead playing.
2 Chorus Chorus sound suitable for everything from rhythm guitar to lead guitar.
 &INE4UNE iÌ՘ˆ˜}ÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊܘˆVÊ`i«Ì…°
4 Air Aco Air sound makes it sound like recording with a mic.
 Standard Standard bass sound with many uses.
 CompBass >ÃÃÊÜ՘`ÊVœ“iÃÊ>ˆÛiÊ܈̅ÊVœ“«ÀiÃÜÀÊ>˜`ÊiÝVˆÌiÀ°
7 7ARM"ASS >ÃÃÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅ÊÜ>À“Ê>˜`ÊÀœÕ˜`Êviiˆ˜}°
8 &LANGING >˜}ˆ˜}ÊÜ՘`ÊVœÛiÀÃÊ>ʏœÌʜvÊ}ÀœÕ˜`ÊvÀœ“ʣȇLi>ÌÊ«…À>ÃiÃÊ̜ʓiœ`ÞÊ«>ވ˜}°
9 !UTO7AH Funky bass sound that makes good use of auto wah-
10-19 Empty

Bass algorithm
.O Patch

name Description
0 364 ,œÞ>ÊÀœVŽÊÜ՘`Ê}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊvˆ˜}iÀ‡«ˆVŽˆ˜}Ê>˜`Êv>Ì«ˆVŽˆ˜}°
1 "!33-!. 6ˆ˜Ì>}iÊÀœVŽÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀÊ>˜ÞʜVV>Ȝ˜°
2 (!24+% Hartke simulation with all the glitz and glitter.
 SUPER-B Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÊ՘ˆÃœ˜Ê>˜`Ê܏œÊ«>Þ°
4 3!.3 ! `}ÞÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Ê>ÊÃÌÀœ˜}ÊVœÀiÊ̅>ÌʈÃÊ>Ê}œœ`ʓ>ÌV…ÊvœÀÊv>Ì«ˆVŽˆ˜}°
 TUBE PRE All-round tube sound.
 Attack Compression sound effective for slap and flatpick playing.
7 7AH 3OLO Solo sound with distortion and a touch of wah. Pitch shift is the secret ingredient.
8 Talk&Cry Typical special effect that makes a crying sound like a talking modulator.
9 Melody Chorus sound for melody, solo, chord and harmonic playing.
10 3LAP*AZZ >ÈVÊÏ>«ÊÜ՘`ʈ˜Ê̅iʍ>ââÊL>ÃÃÊÃÌޏi°
11 Destroy Smashing sound mixing distortion, pitch shifting and ring modulation.
12 Tremolo Ài>Ìʓ>ÌV…ÊvœÀʓœœ`ÞÊL>ÃÃʏˆ˜iÃÊ>˜`ÊV…œÀ`Ê«>ވ˜}°
 SoftSlow Melody or solo play tone that is great for fretless bass.
14 Limiter Limiter evens out the sound when using a pick.
 X'over Flanger sound for picking, typical of the crossover genre.
 #LEAN7AH Auto wah sound that has many uses.
17 Exciter All-around sound with a fresh and transparent character.
18 ClubBass Sound that simulates the ambience of a small club and is suitable for walking bas lines.
19 $RIVE7AH Auto wah sound with variable drive that follows picking dynamics.
20-29 Empty

Mic algorithm
.O Patch

name Description
0 Rec Comp Conventional preamp and compression sound for recording.
1 RoomAmbi Simulates the ambience of a radio station studio.
2 6OCAL$LY i>ÞÊivviVÌÊ̅>ÌÊܜÀŽÃÊLiÃÌÊ܈̅ÊÜiÌÊۜV>Ã°Ê°
 Rock Heavy compression sound for rock vocals

127
%FFECTPATCHLIST
4 Long DLY œ˜}Ê`i>ÞÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀÊۜV>ÃʭӇLi>ÌÊ>ÌÊ£ÓäÊL«“®
 InTheBOX This effect seems to put the entire sound into a small box

R24 Effect types and parameters


 Limiter Limiter effect that is very useful for recording
7 AG MIC Preamp tone that is great for recording acoustic guitar
8 AG Dub œÕLˆ˜}ÊÜ՘`Ê̅>ÌÊ}ˆÛiÃÊ>ÊÃÌÀœŽiʓœÀiʜvÊ>Ê«ˆVŽÊviiˆ˜}
9 12st Cho
…œÀÕÃÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀʣӇÃÌÀˆ˜}Ê}ՈÌ>À
10 !' *UMBO Increases the apparent body size of an acoustic guitar
11 AG-Small ,i`ÕViÃÊ̅iÊ>««>Ài˜ÌÊLœ`ÞÊÈâiʜvÊ>˜Ê>VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>À
12 AG Lead i>ÞÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀÊ>VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>Àʏi>`Ã
 Live AMB Àˆ}…ÌÊÀiÛiÀLÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀÊ>VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>Àʈ˜VÀi>ÃiÃÊ̅iʏˆÛiÊviiˆ˜}
14 Tunnel Simulation of tunnel reverb
 &ILTER Filter effect lets you change the sound character during a song, for example.
 BrethCmp Fairly strong compressor sound emphasizes breathiness
17 6IB-/$ Crafty vocal sound combines phaser and vibrato
18 Duet Cho iÌ՘i`ÊÜ՘`ÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>˜Êˆ˜ÃÌ>˜ÌÊ`ÕiÌ
19 Ensemble Fresh ensemble sound great for chorus
20 6OCAL$UB Conventional doubling sound
21 Sweep 6œˆViÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅ÊϜÜÊ«…>ÃiÊÃÜii«
22 6OICE&LG Flanging chorus sound with strong modulation
 0(6OICE ˆ““ˆVŽÞÊ«…>ÃiÊÜ՘`ÊÃi>ܘi`Ê܈̅Ê`i>Þ
24 6IB6OICE Clear-cut vibrato sound
 &UTURE6O A message from the aliens
 -TO& Transforms male vocals into a female sound
27 &TO- Transforms female vocals into a male sound
28 7A2E7A2E Special effect sounds like a talking spaceman
29 (ANGUL -«iVˆ>ÊivviVÌʓ>ŽiÃÊ>«>˜iÃiÊÜ՘`ʏˆŽiÊœÀi>˜
  Empty

Dual Mic algorithm


.O Patch

name Description Suggested left/right inputs
0 6O6O For duets 6œV>Ã
1 6O6O Chorus for main vocals 6œV>Ã
2 6O6O For harmony singing 6œV>Ã
 !'6O Creates a story-like character VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
4 !'6O -ˆ“ˆ>ÀÊ̜ÊÉ6œÊ£ÊLÕÌÊۜV>ÊV…>À>VÌiÀÊ`ˆvviÀi˜Ì VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
 !'6O Aggressively modifies vocal character VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
 ShortDLY Short delay sound with effective doubling Microphones
7 &AT$RUM For drum recording with single point stereo mic Microphones
8 BothTone
œ˜`i˜ÃiÀʓˆVÊÜ՘`ÊvœÀʓi˜Êœ˜ÊÊV…>˜˜iÊ>˜`Êܜ“i˜Êœ˜Ê,ÊV…>˜˜i 6œV>Ã
9 Condnser Simulates condenser mic sound with dynamic mic input 6œV>Ã
10 DuoAtack Chorus for lead vocals with emphasized attack 6œV>Ã
11 7ARMTH Warm sound with prominent midrange 6œV>Ã
12 AM Radio Simulates AM mono radio 6œV>Ã
 Pavilion For narration that captures sound of demonstration at an exposition booth 6œV>Ã
14 46.EWS /6ʘiÜÃV>ÃÌiÀÊÜ՘` 6œV>Ã
 & 6O0F For female vocal piano ballads 6œV>É*ˆ>˜œ
 *AZZ$UO Simulates jazz session LP with slightly lo-fi sound 6œV>É*ˆ>˜œ
17 Cntmprry All around sound with distinct variation 6œV>É*ˆ>˜œ
18 *AZZ$UO >ââ ՜ʣÊvœÀʓ>iÊۜV>Ã 6œV>É*ˆ>˜œ
19 Ensemble For balance of guitar with strong attack and mellow piano VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ*ˆ>˜œ
20 Enhanced “«…>ÈâiÃÊÜ՘`ÊV…>À>VÌiÀˆÃ̈VÃ]ʜ«Ìˆ“>ÊvœÀÊL>>`à VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
21 7ARMY Moderates overbright ambience VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
22 3TRUM 6O Smooth fat sound with midrange enhancement VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
 &AT0LUS Augments weak midrange VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
24 !RP 6O Overall solid sound VœÕÃ̈VÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÉ6œV>
 ClubDuo Simulates live sound in small club Acoustic guitars
 BigShape ˜…>˜ViÃʜÛiÀ>ÊV>ÀˆÌÞ Acoustic guitars
27 &OLK$UO Fresh and clean sound Acoustic guitars
28 GtrDuo Suitable for acoustic guitar duos Acoustic guitars
29 Bright Àˆ}…Ì]ÊÅ>À«]Ê}œL>Êviiˆ˜} Acoustic guitars
  Empty

128
Effect patch list 4
Stereo algorithm
R24 Effect types and parameters

.O Patch

name Description
0 Syn-Lead For single-note synthesizer lead
1 OrganPha *…>ÃiÀÊvœÀÊÃޘ̅iÈâiÀɜÀ}>˜
2 OrgaRock œœ“ÞÊ`ˆÃ̜À̈œ˜ÊvœÀÊÀœVŽÊœÀ}>˜
 EP-Chor i>ṎvՏÊV…œÀÕÃÊvœÀÊiiVÌÀˆVÊ«ˆ>˜œ
4 #LAV&LG Wah for clavinet
 Concert Concert hall effect for piano
 (ONKEY Honky-tonk piano simulation
7 PowerBD ˆÛiÃÊL>ÃÃÊ`ÀՓʓœÀiÊ«œÜiÀ
8 $RUM&LNG Conventional flanger for drums
9 LiveDrum Simulates outdoor live doubling
10 *ET$RUM *…>ÃiÀÊvœÀʣȇLi>Ìʅˆ‡…>Ì
11 !SIAN+IT Changes a standard kit to an Asian kit
12 BassBost “«…>ÈâiÃʏœÜ‡vÀiµÕi˜VÞÊÀ>˜}i
 -ONO 3T ˆÛiÃÊë>VˆœÕØiÃÃÊ̜Ê>ʓœ˜œÊÜÕÀVi
14 AM Radio AM radio simulation
 7IDE$RUM Wide stereo effect for drum machine tracks
 DanceDrm ,iˆ˜vœÀViÃÊL>ÃÃÊvÀiµÕi˜VˆiÃÊvœÀÊ`>˜ViÊÀ…Þ̅“Ã
17 Octaver Adds sound one-octave lower
18 Percushn ˆÛiÃÊ>ˆÀ]Ê«ÀiÃi˜Vi]Ê>˜`ÊÃÌiÀiœÊëÀi>`Ê̜ʫiÀVÕÃȜ˜
19 MoreTone Increases midrange frequencies, giving more body to distorted guitar
20 SnrSmack “«…>ÈâiÃÊØ>««ˆ˜iÃÃʜvÊØ>ÀiÊÜ՘`
21 Shudder! Sliced sound for techno tracks
22 SwpPhase Phaser with powerful resonance
 $IRTY"IZ Lo-fi distortion using ring modulator
24 Doubler œÕLˆ˜}ÊvœÀÊۜV>ÊÌÀ>VŽ
 3&8LAB ˆÛiÃÊÃޘ̅iÈâiÀÊ«œÜiÀvՏÊëiVˆ>ÊivviVÌÊÜ՘`Ê
 SynLead2 Old-style jet sound for synthesizer lead
27 Tekepiko For sequenced phrases or single note muted guitar
28 Soliner Simulates analog strings ensemble
29 (EVY$RUM For hard rock drums
 3-3IM -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ-xÇʓˆV]Ê܅ˆV…ʈÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊvœÀÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊiiVÌÀˆVÊ}ՈÌ>ÀÃÊ>˜`ʜ̅iÀÊ>˜>œ}ʈ˜ÃÌÀՓi˜Ìð
 MD421Sim -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ {ӣʫÀœviÃȜ˜>ÊÃÌ>˜`>À`ʓˆVÊ̅>ÌʈÃʈ˜`ˆÃ«i˜Ã>Liʈ˜ÊLÀœ>`V>Ã̈˜}]ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê>˜`ʏˆÛi°
 U87Sim -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ1nÇ]Ê>ÊVœ˜`i˜ÃiÀÊÌÞ«iʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iÊ̅>ÌÊÃiÌÃÊÃÌ>˜`>À`ÃÊ>˜`ʈÃÊÕÃi`ʈ˜ÊÃÌÕ`ˆœÃÊܜÀ`܈`i°
 C414Sim -ˆ“Տ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ
{£{]Ê>Êv>“œÕÃʓˆVÀœ«…œ˜iʅˆ}…ÞÊÌÀÕÃÌi`ʈ˜ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÊÈÌÕ>̈œ˜Ã°
 Doubling Creates doubled sounds as if the entire sound body became thicker
 ShortDLY i>ÞÊÜ՘`ÊÃՈÌ>LiÊvœÀÊۜV>ÃÊ>˜`Êvˆi`ÊÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}ÃÊ̅>Ìʅ>ÃÊ>Ê}ˆ““ˆVŽÞÊivviVÌ
 ,O &I Creates lo-fi sound with a nostalgic feeling as if coming from a radio
 Limiter A limiter very effective on band rehearsals and live recording
 BoostPls Adds overall sound pressure during recording
 All Comp Compressor evens out volume differences between instruments in a band performance, for example
40-49 Empty

8x COMP EQ algorithm
.O Patch

name Description Recommended inputs 1 - 8
1 ՈÌ>ÀÊ>“«
2 >ÃÃÊ>“«
 6œV>
0 6OCL"AND i˜iÀ>Ê«ÕÀ«œÃiÊ«>ÌV…ÊvœÀÊۜV>ÊL>˜`
4 Chorus
  ÀՓÃ
7-8 iÞLœ>À`
1-2 ՈÌ>ÀÊ>“«
 >ÃÃÊ>“«
1 Inst For jazz fusion bands 4 Piano
  ÀՓÃ
7-8 iÞLœ>À`
1 Acoustic bass
2 Piano
 6œV>
2 AcoBand For acoustic bands
4 Chorus
  Acoustic guitar
7-8 Percussion

129
%FFECTPATCHLIST
1-2 ՈÌ>À
 >ÃÃ

R24 Effect types and parameters


4 iÞLœ>À`
 1ManBand For self-production
 6œV>
 Chorus
7-8 Sequencer
1 >ÃÃÊ`ÀՓ
4 StdDrum Standard sounds for recording each drum in a kit
2 Snare drum
 Hi-hat
 6TG$RUM £™ÇäÃÊ`ÀՓÊÜ՘`Ê܈̅Êi˜…>˜Vi`ʅˆ‡…>Ì
4 High tom
 Mid tom
 EhcdDrum Punchy compressed drum sound  Low tom
7-8 Overhead mics
1-2 Small percussion
 
ޓL>ÃÉLiÃ
7 Percus Suitable for recording individual percussion sounds
  ÀՓÃ
7-8 All percussion together
8 CompLtr 6iÀÃ>̈i]ʓiœÜÊÜ՘` 1-8
1-2 Female vocals
  Male vocals
9 A Capla For a cappella groups
  6œV>Ê`՜
7-8 All vocals together
10-19 Empty

Mastering algorithm
.O Patch

name Description
0 PlusAlfa ˜…>˜ViÃÊ̅iʜÛiÀ>Ê«œÜiÀ
1 All-Pops Conventional mastering
2 3T7IDE Wide-range mastering
 DiscoMst For club sound
4 Boost For hi-fi finish
 Power For a powerful low range
 Live Adds a live feel
7 7ARM-ST Adds a warm feeling
8 TightUp Adds a tight feeling
9 -ST >ÃÌiÀˆ˜}Ê܈̅ʣ™Îä¿ÃÊÜ՘`
10 ,O&I-ST Lo-fi mastering
11 BGM Mastering for background music
12 RockShow ˆÛiÃÊ>ÊÀœVŽÊÃÌޏiʓˆÝÊ>ʏˆÛiÊvii
 Exciter Lo-fi mastering with slight distortion in mid and upper range
14 Clarify “«…>ÈâiÃʅˆ}…‡i˜`ÊÀ>˜}i
 6OCAL-AX Àˆ˜}ÃÊLÕÀˆi`ÊۜV>ÃÊ̜Ê̅iÊvœÀi}ÀœÕ˜`
 2AVE2EZ Special sweep effect using sharp filter
17 &ULL#OMP Strong compression over full frequency range
18 #LEAR072 Power tuning emphasizes midrange and adds sound pressure and clarity
19 ClearDMS ˜…>˜ViÃÊV>ÀˆÌÞÊ>˜`Êë>VˆœÕØiÃÃ
20 -AXIMIZR œœÃÌÃʜÛiÀ>ÊÜ՘`Ê«ÀiÃÃÕÀiʏiÛi
21-29 Empty

130
%FFECTPATCHLIST
Send-return effects
R24 Effect types and parameters

REVERB
.O Patch

name Description
0 4IGHT(AL Hall reverb with a hard tonal quality
1 BrgtRoom ,œœ“ÊÀiÛiÀLÊ܈̅Ê>ʅ>À`Ê̜˜>ÊµÕ>ˆÌÞ
2 3OFT(ALL Hall reverb with a mild tonal quality
 ,ARGE(AL Simulates the reverberation of a large hall
4 3MALL(AL Simulates the reverberation of a small hall
 ,IVE(OUS Simulates the reverberation of a club
 TrStudio Simulates the reverberation of a rehearsal studio
7 DarkRoom ,œœ“ÊÀiÛiÀLÊ܈̅Ê>Ê}i˜ÌiÊ̜˜>ÊµÕ>ˆÌÞ
8 6CX2EV Tuned to enhance vocals
9 Tunnel Simulates the reverberation of a tunnel
10 BigRoom Simulates the reverberation of a gym-sized room
11 PowerSt. >ÌiÊÀiÛiÀL
12 "RIT(ALL Simulates the bright reverb of a concert hall
 "UDO+AN -ˆ“Տ>ÌiÃÊ̅iÊÀiÛiÀLiÀ>̈œ˜Ê>ÌÊ̅iÊ Õ`œŽ>˜Êˆ˜Ê/œŽÞœ
14 Ballade For slow ballads
 SecBrass ,iÛiÀLÊvœÀÊLÀ>ÃÃÊÃiV̈œ˜
 ShortPla Short reverb
17 RealPlat Spring reverb simulation
18 Dome ,iÛiÀLÊȓՏ>ÌiÃÊ«>ވ˜}ʈ˜Ê>Ê`œ“i`‡ÃÌ>`ˆÕ“
19 6IN3PRIN Simulates analog spring reverb
20 ClearSpr Clear reverb with short reverb time
21 Dokan Simulates the reverberation of a clay pipe
22-29 Empty

CHORUS/DELAY
.O Patch

name Description
0 ShortDLY Standard short delay
1 GtChorus Chorus to enhance weak guitar sound
2 Doubling 6iÀÃ>̈iÊ`œÕLˆ˜}
 Echo Showy analog-style delay
4 $ELAY œÌÌi`‡n̅‡˜œÌiÊ`i>Þʈ˜ÊÃޘVÊ܈̅ÊÌi“«œ
 $ELAY œÌÌi`‡µÕ>ÀÌiÀ‡˜œÌiÊ`i>Þʈ˜ÊÃޘVÊ܈̅ÊÌi“«œ
 &AST#HO Fast-rate chorus
7 DeepCho 6iÀÃ>̈iÊ`ii«ÊV…œÀÕÃ
8 6OCAL Chorus that enhances vocals
9 DeepDBL ii«Ê`œÕLˆ˜}
10 SoloLead ii«ÃÊv>ÃÌÊ«…À>ÃiÃÊ̈}…Ì
11 7ARMY$LY Simulates warm analog delay
12 EnhanCho ˜…>˜ViÀÊ̅>ÌÊÕÃiÃÊ«…>Ãi‡Ã…ˆvÌi`Ê`œÕLˆ˜}
 Detune For instruments with strong harmonics such as a digital electronic piano or synthesizer
14 .ATURAL Chorus with low modulation suitable for backing parts
 7HOLE Whole-note delay in sync with tempo
 $ELAY Half-triplet-note delay in sync with tempo
17 Delay1/4 £È̅‡˜œÌiÊ`i>Þʈ˜ÊÃޘVÊ܈̅ÊÌi“«œ
18-29 Empty

131
Error message list
vÊޜÕÊÃiiÊ>ʓiÃÃ>}iʏˆŽiʺ‡‡‡ ÀÀœÀ»Ê«ÕÅÊ̅iÊEXIT key. When other errors and messages occur,
the displayed screen will automatically close in three seconds.

Error message list


Message Meaning Response
Messages that indicate something is missing

No Card There is no card inserted. >ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ̅>ÌÊ>˜Ê- ÊV>À`ʈÃʈ˜ÃiÀÌi`ÊVœÀÀiV̏ް

Check that the project has not been deleted or moved


No Project There is no project.
to a different place.
Check that the file has not been deleted or stored in a
No File There is no file in the project.
different place.
The connection may have been canceled or there may
œÊ1- Ê iۈVi /…iÀiʈÃʘœÊ1- ÊVœ˜˜iV̈œ˜°
be a problem with the cable.

Messages that are shown frequently

,iÃiÌÊ / É/ Setting lost because the batteries died. Set the DATE/TIME again. →

*£{
œÜÊ >ÌÌiÀÞt Time to change the batteries. Change batteries or connect the adapter.
The function you tried cannot be accessed
-̜«Ê,iVœÀ`iÀ Stop the recorder first, and then try again..
`ÕÀˆ˜}Ê«>ÞL>VŽÉÀiVœÀ`ˆ˜}°

Messages that indicate the object is protected


iVÌÊ̅iÊ- ÊV>À`]Ê՘œVŽÊˆÌÃÊÜÀˆÌi‡«ÀœÌiV̈œ˜Ê>˜`Ê̅i˜Ê
Card Protected /…iÊ- ÊV>À`ʈÃÊ«ÀœÌiVÌi`°
insert it again. →

*£Ó
Project Protected The project is protected. ˆÃ>LiÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊPROTECT menu. →

*n™
ˆÃ>LiÊ̅iÊÀi>`‡œ˜ÞÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃʜvÊ̅iÊvˆiÊÕȘ}Ê>ÊVœ“«ÕÌiÀ]Ê
File Protected This file is read-only, so you cannot write to it.
for example.

Messages that indicate the capacity or structural limit has been exceeded

Card Full The card is full. Change to a new card or delete unneeded data.
Project Full No more projects can be saved on the card. iiÌiÊ՘˜ii`i`Ê«ÀœiVÌð
The maximum number of files has been ex-
File Full Ê iiÌiÊ՘˜ii`i`Êvˆið
ceeded.
1- Ê iۈViÊՏ /…iÊVœ˜˜iVÌi`Ê1- Ê`iۈViʈÃÊvՏ°
…>˜}iÊ̅iÊVœ˜˜iVÌi`Ê1- Ê`iۈViʜÀÊ`iiÌiÊ`>Ì>°

Messages that indicate access failure

>À`ÊVViÃÃÊ ÀÀœÀ 1˜>LiÊ̜ÊÀi>`ʜÀÊÜÀˆÌiÊ̜Ê̅iÊV>À`° *ÀiÃÃÊ 8/Ê>˜`ÊÌÀÞÊ̅iʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê>}>ˆ˜°

*ÀœiVÌÊVViÃÃÊ ÀÀœÀ 1˜>LiÊ̜ÊÀi>`ʜÀÊÜÀˆÌiÊ̜Ê̅iÊ«ÀœiVÌ° *ÀiÃÃÊ 8/Ê>˜`ÊÌÀÞÊ̅iʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê>}>ˆ˜°


ˆiÊVViÃÃÊ ÀÀœÀ 1˜>LiÊ̜ÊÀi>`ʜÀÊÜÀˆÌiÊ̜Ê̅iÊvˆi° *ÀiÃÃÊ 8/Ê>˜`ÊÌÀÞÊ̅iʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê>}>ˆ˜°
1˜>LiÊ̜ÊÀi>`ʜÀÊÜÀˆÌiÊ̜Ê̅iÊVœ˜˜iVÌi`Ê1- Ê
1- Ê iۈViÊVViÃÃÊ ÀÀœÀ *ÀiÃÃÊ 8/Ê>˜`ÊÌÀÞÊ̅iʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê>}>ˆ˜°
device.

>À`ÊœÀ“>ÌÊ ÀÀœÀ This card is not in a format the unit can use. Change the card format to one that the unit can use.

ˆiÊœÀ“>ÌÊ ÀÀœÀ This file is not in a format the unit can use. Change the file format to one that the unit can use.
/…ˆÃÊ1- Ê`iۈViʈÃʘœÌʈ˜Ê>ÊvœÀ“>ÌÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌÊV>˜Ê
1- Ê iۈViÊœÀ“>ÌÊ ÀÀœÀ
…>˜}iÊ̅iÊ1- ÊvœÀ“>ÌÊ̜ʜ˜iÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iÊ՘ˆÌÊV>˜ÊÕÃi°
use.

Other error messages

>À`Ê ÀÀœÀ

*ÀœiVÌÊ ÀÀœÀ
An error of some kind is occurring. *ÀiÃÃÊ 8/Ê>˜`ÊÌÀÞÊ̅iʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê>}>ˆ˜°
ˆiÊ ÀÀœÀ

1- Ê iۈViÊ ÀÀœÀ

132
Specifications
Section R24
Specifications

Track count Ó{Ê­“œ˜œ®


Maximum number of simulta-
n
neous recording tracks
Maximum number of simulta-
Ó{Ê>Õ`ˆœÊ³“iÌÀœ˜œ“iÊ
neous playback tracks
,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê`>Ì>ÊvœÀ“>Ì {{°£É{nʎâ]Ê£ÈÉÓ{LˆÌÊ76ÊvœÀ“>Ì
Recorder Maximum recording time Óääʓˆ˜ÕÌiÃÉ£Ê Ê­{{°£ÊŽâʣȇLˆÌ]ʓœ˜œÊÌÀ>VŽÃ®
Projects £äää
Markers £ääÉ«ÀœiVÌÊ
Locator œÕÀÃɓˆ˜ÕÌiÃÉÃiVœ˜`ÃɓˆˆÃiVœ˜`ÃÊ>˜`ÊL>ÀÃÉLi>ÌÃÉ̈VŽÃ
File editing ˆÛˆ`i]ÊÌÀˆ““ˆ˜}Ê
Other functions *՘V…‡ˆ˜ÉœÕÌÊ­“>˜Õ>]Ê>Õ̜®]ÊLœÕ˜Vi]ʇ ÊÀi«i>Ì]Ê՘`œÉÀi`œ
Number of recording channels n
Audio Number of playback channels Ó
Interface +Õ>˜Ìˆâ>̈œ˜ÊLˆÌ‡À>Ìi Ó{
Sampling frequency {{°£]Ê{n]Ênn°Ó]ʙÈʎâ
Faders ™Ê­“œ˜œÊÝÊn]ʓ>ÃÌiÀÊÝÊ£®
Level meter display {‡Ãi}“i˜ÌÊ`ˆÃ«>Þ
Mixer
Track parameters ·L>˜`ÊiµÕ>ˆâiÀ]Ê«>˜Ê­L>>˜Vi®]ÊivviVÌÊÃi˜`ÊÝÊÓ]ʈ˜ÛiÀÌ
Stereo link /À>VŽÃÊ£ÉÓHÓÎÉÓ{ÊÃiiVÌ>Liʈ˜Ê«>ˆÀÃ
™Ê­
  ]Ê -/",/" ]Ê 
"É --]Ê --]Ê
]Ê 1Ê
]Ê-/ , "]ÊnÝ
"*Ê
Algorithms
+]Ê-/ , ®
Effect Patches ÎÎäʈ˜ÃiÀÌ]ÊÈäÊÃi˜`‡ÀiÌÕÀ˜Ê
vviVÌÊœ`Տià Çʈ˜ÃiÀÌ]ÊÓÊÃi˜`
Tuner
…Àœ“>̈V]Ê}ՈÌ>À]ÊL>ÃÃ]ʜ«i˜ÊÉ É É]Ê Ê“œ`>
6œˆVià n
Sound format £È‡LˆÌʏˆ˜i>ÀÊ*

ÀՓʎˆÌà £ä
Rhythm Pads nÊ­ÛiœVˆÌއÃi˜ÃˆÌˆÛi®
Precision {nÊ**+
,…Þ̅“Ê«>ÌÌiÀ˜Ã x££É«ÀœiVÌÊ
Tempo {ä°äHÓxä°äÊ *
Playback formats {{°£É{nʎâ]Ê£ÈÉÓ{‡LˆÌÊ76ÊvœÀ“>ÌÊ
Sampler
`ˆÌˆ˜}Êv՘V̈œ˜Ã Trim, time-stretch
,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}ʓi`ˆ> - ÊV>À`Ê­£È ‡Ó ®]Ê- 
ÊV>À`Ê­{‡ÎÓ ®
Analog-digital conversion ™ÈŽâÊÓ{LˆÌÊ`iÌ>‡Ãˆ}“>Ê

ˆ}ˆÌ>‡>˜>œ}ÊVœ˜ÛiÀȜ˜ ™ÈŽâÊÓ{LˆÌÊ`iÌ>‡Ãˆ}“>Ê 

ˆÃ«>Þ £ÓnÊÝÊÈ{Ê«ˆÝiÊ
ʭ܈̅ÊL>VŽˆ}…Ì®
nÊ8,ÉÃÌ>˜`>À`Ê«…œ˜iÊVœ“LœÊ>VŽÃ
Input impedance:
­ >>˜Vi`ʈ˜«Õ̮ʣΩÊL>>˜Vi`Ê­ÓʅœÌ®
 *1/£Hn ­1˜L>>˜Vi`ʈ˜«ÕÌ®ÊxäΩ unbalanced
Inputs £Ê܈̅ʈ‡<]ʈ˜«ÕÌʈ“«i`>˜ViÊ£ÊΩÊ­ˆ‡<ʜ˜®
ÈÊ܈̅ʫ…>˜Ìœ“Ê«œÜiÀ
˜«ÕÌʏiÛi\ÊqxäÊ` “ʐÊVœ˜Ìˆ˜ÕœÕÃʐʳ{Ê` “
(ARDWARE Omnidirectional condenser microphones
ՈÌ‡ˆ˜Ê“ˆVÃÊ
>ˆ˜\ʇxä` “ʐÊVœ˜Ìˆ˜ÕœÕÃʐʳ{` “
Phantom power {nÊ6]ÊÓ{Ê6
"1/*1/ /,-Ê«…œ˜iÊÌÞ«iÊ­L>>˜Vi`®
Outputs
*" - -Ì>˜`>À`ÊÃÌiÀiœÊ«…œ˜iʍ>VŽÊÓäʓ7ÊÝÊÓÊ­ÎÓΩʏœ>`®
1- Ó°äʈ‡-«ii`
1-
­œ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê>ÃÊ>Õ`ˆœÊˆ˜ÌiÀv>ViÉVœ˜ÌÀœÊÃÕÀv>ViÉV>À`ÊÀi>`iÀÉ1- ÊÃ̜À>}i®

Êx6Ê£Ê
Ê>`>«ÌiÀÊ­<""Ê ‡£{®
Power -ˆÝÊÊL>ÌÌiÀˆiÃÊ­{°x‡…œÕÀÊVœ˜Ìˆ˜ÕœÕÃʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê̈“iÊ܈̅ÊL>VŽˆ}…ÌÊÃiÌÊ̜ʣxÊÃiVœ˜`ÃÊ
>˜`Ê«…>˜Ìœ“Ê«œÜiÀʜvv®
ˆ“i˜Ãˆœ˜Ã ÎÇÈʓ“Ê­7®ÊÝÊÓÎÇ°£Ê““Ê­ ®ÊÝÊxÓ°Óʓ“Ê­®
Weight £°Îʎ}

133
Troubleshooting
vÊޜÕÊ̅ˆ˜ŽÊ̅iÀiʈÃÊ>Ê«ÀœLi“Ê܈̅Ê̅iʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊ,Ó{]ÊV…iVŽÊ̅iÊvœœÜˆ˜}Ê̈«ÃÊwÀÃÌ°

Troubleshooting
Problems during playback suitable value.
UÊ vÊ >˜Ê ˆ˜ÃiÀÌÊ ivviVÌÊ ˆÃÊ >««ˆi`Ê ÌœÊ >˜Ê ˆ˜«ÕÌ]Ê V…iVŽÊ
◆ No sound, or sound is very weak ܅i̅iÀÊ Ì…iÊ ivviVÌÊ œÕÌ«ÕÌÊ iÛiÊ ­«>ÌV…Ê iÛi®Ê

…iVŽÊ ̅iÊ Vœ˜˜iV̈œ˜ÃÊ ÜˆÌ…Ê Ì…iÊ “œ˜ˆÌœÀˆ˜}Ê
setting is suitable.
system and its volume settings.
UÊ >ŽiÊ ÃÕÀiÊ Ì…>ÌÊ ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ ˆ˜`ˆV>̜ÀÃÊ ˆ˜Ê ̅iÊ “ˆÝiÀÊ
section are lit green and that their faders are Problems with effects
raised. If a track's indicator is not green, press its ◆ Insert effect cannot be inserted
key repeatedly until it lights green. UÊ vÊÕȘ}Ê̅iÊnÝ
"*Ê +Ê>}œÀˆÌ…“]Ê̅iÊÃiiV̈œ˜Ê
UÊ >ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iÊQ-/ ,RÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃʎiÞʈÃʘœÌʏˆÌÊ of insert points is limited (→

*n£®°Ê
>˜`Ê̅>ÌÊ̅iÊQ-/ ,RÊv>`iÀʈÃÊÀ>ˆÃi`°

◆ Insert effect is not working


◆ Moving the fader does not affect the volume UÊ
…iVŽÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌʈVœ˜ÊˆÃÊŜܘʜ˜Ê̅iÊ
UÊ "˜ÊV…>˜˜iÃÊvœÀÊ܅ˆV…ÊÃÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊˆÃÊÌÕÀ˜i`Ê" ]Ê display. If it is not shown, press the EFFECT key,
the fader of the even-numbered channel will have then press the INSERT soft key and set ON/OFF



˜œÊivviVÌ°Ê ˆÌ…iÀÊÌÕÀ˜ÊÃÌiÀiœÊˆ˜ŽÊ"Ê­ →

*Óä®]ʜÀÊ to On.
use the fader of the odd-numbered channel in UÊ >ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iʈ˜ÃiÀÌÊivviVÌʈÃʈ˜ÃiÀÌi`ʈ˜Ê̅iÊ
the pair. desired location (→

*n£®

◆ No sound from the input signal, or the ◆ Send-return effect is not working
sound is very weak UÊ
œ˜wÀ“Ê̅>ÌÊ̅iÊREV or CHO icon is shown on the
UÊ >ŽiÊ ÃÕÀiÊ Ì…>ÌÊ Ì…iÊ GAIN control for that input is display. If it is not shown, press the EFFECT key,
turned up. then press the REVERB or CHORUS soft key and

…iVŽÊ ̅>ÌÊ Ì…iÊ ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ ˆ}…ÌÊ ˆÃÊ }Àii˜Ê ­«>ÞL>VŽÊ set ON/OFF to On.
i˜>Li`®Ê>˜`Ê̅>ÌÊ̅iÊv>`iÀʜvÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊˆÃÊÀ>ˆÃi`° UÊ >ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iÊÃi˜`ʏiÛiÃÊvœÀÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÃÊ>ÀiÊ
raised (→

*{ä]Ênä®°Ê
◆ An operation does not work and the
message “Stop Recorder” is shown on the Other problems
display
UÊ -œ“iÊ œ«iÀ>̈œ˜ÃÊ >ÀiÊ ˜œÌÊ «œÃÈLiÊ Ü…ˆiÊ Ì…iÊ
◆ Cannot save a project
UÊ /…iÊ «ÀœiVÌÊ V>˜˜œÌÊ LiÊ Ã>Ûi`Ê ˆvÊ Ì…iÊ «ÀœiVÌÊ ˆÃÊ
recorder is operating. Press the STOP key to stop
protected. Set “PROTECT»Ê̜ʺOff»Ê(→

*n™®°Ê
the recorder and then conduct the operation.

Problems during recording ◆ Cannot create a new project or copy a


project
◆ Cannot record on a track UÊ vʺ*ÀœiVÌÊՏ»Ê>««i>ÀÃʜ˜Ê̅iÊ`ˆÃ«>Þ]ʘœÊ“œÀiÊ
UÊ >ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ̅>ÌÊޜÕʅ>ÛiÊÃiiVÌi`Ê>˜`Êi˜>Li`Ê>Ê
«ÀœiVÌÃÊ V>˜Ê LiÊ VÀi>Ìi`Ê œ˜Ê ̅iÊ V>À`°Ê iiÌiÊ
recordable track.
unneeded projects to free up memory.

…iVŽÊ܅i̅iÀÊޜÕʅ>ÛiÊÀ՘ʜÕÌʜvÊvÀiiÊë>Viʜ˜Ê
̅iÊ- ÊV>À`Ê­→Ê*£äÓ®°
UÊ ,iVœÀ`ˆ˜}Ê ˆÃÊ ˜œÌÊ «œÃÈLiÊ ˆvÊ Ì…iÊ «ÀœiVÌÊ ˆÃÊ ◆ An error message is shown when
«ÀœÌiVÌi`°Ê ˆÌ…iÀÊÃiÌʺPROTECT»Ê̜ʺOFF»Ê­→

*nÇ®]Ê attempting to execute a command
or use a different project. UÊ *i>ÃiÊV…iVŽÊ̅iÊiÀÀœÀʓiÃÃ>}iʏˆÃÌÊ­→

*£ÎÓ®°Ê

◆ The recorded sound is distorted


UÊ >ŽiÊÃÕÀiÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iÊGAINʎ˜œLÃÊ­ˆ˜«ÕÌÊÃi˜ÃˆÌˆÛˆÌÞ®Ê
and recording levels are not set too high.
UÊ œÜiÀÊ̅iÊv>`iÀÃÊÜÊ̅>ÌÊ̅iÊäÊ­` ®Êˆ˜`ˆV>̜ÀÃʜvÊ
their level meters do not light.
UÊvÊ̅iÊ +Ê}>ˆ˜ÊœvÊ̅iÊÌÀ>VŽÊ“ˆÝiÀʈÃÊÃiÌÊiÝÌÀi“iÞÊ
high, the sound may be audibly distorted even if
̅iÊv>`iÀʈÃʏœÜiÀi`°ÊœÜiÀÊ̅iÊ +Ê}>ˆ˜Ê̜Ê>ʓœÀiÊ

134
Upgrading the firmware
1«}À>`iÊ̅iÊwÀ“Ü>ÀiÊ>ÃʘiViÃÃ>ÀÞ°Ê
Upgrading the firmware

1 Copy the firmware upgrade file to the


root directory of an SD card.

2 Insert the SD card with the firmware


upgrade software file into the R24 (if it is
not already in the unit).

3 While pressing and holding


turn the POWER switch ON.
,

The upgrade screen opens.

4 Select "OK" and press


upgrading.
to start

5 When the screen shows that upgrading


has completed, turn the R24 power OFF
once and then turn it on again.

NOTE
UÊ œÜ˜œ>`Ê Ì…iÊ >ÌiÃÌÊ ÃÞÃÌi“Ê ÜvÌÜ>ÀiÊ >ÌÊ Ì…iÊ
<""ÊÜiLÈÌiÊ­…ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜܰ✜“°Vœ°«®°
UÊ 1ÃiÊ̅iÊ/""€-9-/ €6 ,-" ʓi˜ÕʈÌi“Ê̜Ê
check the version of the system software that the
unit is currently using.

135
136
Index

A &
Index

A-B repeat function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Fade in/out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64


A point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÎÓ Files
Ê«œˆ˜ÌÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÎÓ Assigning to tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {™
Algorithms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Changing file names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™{
Audio Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ʙÎ
Changing tempo without changing pitch . . . È£ iï˜}Ê . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™x
Trimming unnecessary parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÈÎ Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™Ó
Audio interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, PDF Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™£
Auto punch-in/out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
G
B Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Bit rate setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Global quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Bouncing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-44
BPM setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 (
Built-in mics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11, 19 Hi-Z. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11, 18

C I
Changing names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 84, 94 Importing
Chromatic tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÈ
Connecting equipment . . . . . . . . . . .11, 18, 19 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äȇ£än
Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nÈ
Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £Ç]Ên™‡™x]ʙÇ
Control surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, PDF
1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ££]Ê£äLJ£ä™
In points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
D Input sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Date and time setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Insert effects
Deleting data ˜ÃiÀ̈˜}ÊLivœÀiÊ̅iÊ-/ ,Êv>`iÀ . . . . . . . {x
Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™x Insertion points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n£
Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Î{ 1Ș}ʜ˜ÞÊvœÀʓœ˜ˆÌœÀˆ˜} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nÇ
Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™x
- ÊV>À`à . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÓ
Display L
>VŽˆ}…ÌÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £ää Level adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £ää Locate function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-34
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £È Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

E M
Effects Manual punch-in/out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
vviVÌʓœ`Տià . . . . . . . . . . ÊÇLJÇn]ÊnÎ]Ê££x‡£Óx
Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
vviVÌÊ«>À>“iÌiÀÃÊ . . . . . . . . . . ÇÇ]Ên{]Ê££x‡£Óx
Master tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
vviVÌÊÌÞ«iÃÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÇLJǙ]Ê££x‡]Ê£Óȇ
Insert effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {x]ÊÇLJnÇ Mastering effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Mastering effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {x Metronome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Patches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £Óȇ£Î£ Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Send-return effects . . . . . . . . . {ä]ÊÇLJǙ]Ên·nÈ Mixing down to two tracks . . . . . . . . . . . .43-46
EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

137
PDF: Audio Interface Manual on the included CD.

O Rhythm functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-76

Index
Out points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Rhythm patterns
Overdubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Changing rhythm pattern names . . . . . . . . . ÇÎ
Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ǣ
iï˜} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÇÓ
P Creating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Èn
Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 67 Importing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ç{
Panning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Assigning to tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÓÓ]ÊÇÈ
Patches
Changing patch names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n{ S
`ˆÌˆ˜} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nÎ
Sampler functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47-64
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * 
SD cards
Importing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nÈ
Card reader functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÈ
Patch list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £Óȇ£Î£
Changing while the power is on . . . . . . . . . .£ä£
Saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ênx
Checking card capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÓ
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nä
Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÓ
Phantom power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11, 18, 104
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £Ó
Playlists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97-98
Send-return effects
Power Send level track settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {ä
>ÌÌiÀÞʈ˜ÃÌ>>̈œ˜. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £Î Patches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÇÇ]Ên·nÈ]ʣΣ
>ÌÌiÀÞÊÌÞ«iÊÃiÌ̈˜}. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÎ
Sequence data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53-59
" É" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £{
Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xÎ
Projects `ˆÌˆ˜} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xÈ
Changing project names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™{ Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x™
Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™Î
Sequential playback of projects. . . . . . . . . . 97
Creating new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .£Ç]ʙä
Shutting down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
iï˜} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™x
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n™ Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n™ Stereo link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™£ Stereo settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-20
Sequential playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™Ç Swapping files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Punching in and out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-30 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 18, 19
Õ̜ʫ՘V…‡ˆ˜ÉœÕÌÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Êә System version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
>˜Õ>Ê«Õ˜V…‡ˆ˜ÉœÕÌÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÊÎä
T
1 Tuner types and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Quantization bit rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22-28, 31, 43-44, 49
Assigning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ÓÓ]ÊÓx]Ê{™]ÊÇÈ
R Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .{ä]Ê{£
Recording Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .{ä]Ê{£
Additional tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÓÇ
Changing playback takes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Óx U
First track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÓÎ USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-111
Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™ä]ʙ™ Connecting with a computer . . . . . . . . . . . . £äx
Master track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {È 7ÊÜvÌÜ>Àiʜ«iÀ>̈œ˜Ê . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * 
Overdubbing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ÓÇ 1- ʓi“œÀÞÊ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £äÇ
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £Ç‡£™

138
FCC regulation warning (for U.S.A.)
/…ˆÃÊiµÕˆ«“i˜Ìʅ>ÃÊLii˜ÊÌiÃÌi`Ê>˜`ÊvœÕ˜`Ê̜ÊVœ“«ÞÊ܈̅Ê̅iʏˆ“ˆÌÃÊvœÀÊ>Ê
>ÃÃÊ Ê`ˆ}ˆÌ>Ê`iۈVi]Ê«ÕÀÃÕ>˜ÌÊ
̜Ê*>ÀÌÊ£xʜvÊ̅iÊ

Ê,ՏiðÊ/…iÃiʏˆ“ˆÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ`iÈ}˜i`Ê̜ʫÀœÛˆ`iÊÀi>ܘ>LiÊ«ÀœÌiV̈œ˜Ê>}>ˆ˜ÃÌʅ>À“vՏÊ
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference
to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by
one or more of the following measures:
UÊ,iœÀˆi˜ÌʜÀÊÀiœV>ÌiÊ̅iÊÀiViˆÛˆ˜}Ê>˜Ìi˜˜>°
UʘVÀi>ÃiÊ̅iÊÃi«>À>̈œ˜ÊLiÌÜii˜Ê̅iÊiµÕˆ«“i˜ÌÊ>˜`ÊÀiViˆÛiÀ°

œ˜˜iVÌÊ̅iÊiµÕˆ«“i˜ÌÊ̜Ê>˜ÊœÕ̏iÌʜ˜Ê>ÊVˆÀVՈÌÊ`ˆvviÀi˜ÌÊvÀœ“Ê̅>ÌÊ̜Ê܅ˆV…Ê̅iÊÀiViˆÛiÀʈÃÊVœ˜˜iVÌi`°

œ˜ÃՏÌÊ̅iÊ`i>iÀʜÀÊ>˜ÊiÝ«iÀˆi˜Vi`ÊÀ>`ˆœÉ/6ÊÌiV…˜ˆVˆ>˜ÊvœÀʅi«°

For EU Countries

Declaration of Conformity

4-4-3 Kandasurugadai, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0062 Japan


Web site: http://www.zoom.co.jp
,Ó{-xä0ä-3